United States          Office of Policy,     EPA/1 OO-R-03-002
Environmental Protection    Economics, and     January 2003
Agency             Innovation       www.epa.gov/evaluate
Towards  an
Environmental Justice
Collaborative Model

Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used
to Address Environmental Justice Issues in
Communities
Case Studies
January 2003
Prepared for the Federal Interagency Working Group on
Environmental Justice by the U.S. EPA Office of Policy,
Economics, and Innovation

-------

-------

-------
 Towards an Environmental Justice
        Collaborative Model

Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address
  Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Acknowledgements
       The Evaluation of the Use of Partnerships to Address Environmental Justice Issues in
Communities (Evaluation Report) and  Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to  Address
Environmental Justice  Issues in  Communities benefited  from the  assistance  of  several
organizations and  individuals.   First, the strong support and  cooperation from the federal
Interagency Working Group on Environmental  Justice and EPA's Office of  Environmental
Justice has been invaluable.   Second, comments from  individuals who  participated on two
national conference calls to discuss the  evaluation  effort greatly  assisted in  improving the
evaluation methodology. Furthermore, partnership leaders and coordinators graciously helped
minimize the challenge of conducting interviews within partnership communities across the U.S.
In addition, constructive comments  from Tom Beierle, John Callewaert, Caron  Chess, Bruce
Tonn, and  Gregg Walker notably enhanced both the content and organization of  the Evaluation
Report.  Improvements to the final versions of the  case studies  were also made  possible
because of assistance from Garth Beyette, Noemi Emeric, Paula Forbis, Michael Garrett, Brian
Holtzclaw,  Ralph Howard,  Harold Mitchell, Althea Moses, David Ouderkirk, Kara  Penn, and
Elena Rush.  Finally, a special thanks to all partnership members who,  through their thoughtful
reflections, recommendations,  and critiques,  helped provide a clearer understanding of what it
means to  use multi-stakeholder  collaboration  as  a  tool for strengthening  environmental
protection   and improving  the  overall  quality  of  life in some of the  nation's  distressed
communities.
Towards an Environmental Justice Collaborative Model: Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used
to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

January 2003. EPA/1 OO-R-03-002

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation.
Washington, D.C. A team based in EPA's Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation
performed this evaluation. Eric Marsh was the project manager for this effort.

This report is a companion report to Towards an Environmental Justice Collaborative Model: An
Evaluation of the Use of Partnerships to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities
(EPA/1 OO-R-03-001).  View both of these on-line at: http://www.epa.gov/evaluate/ej.htm.

-------

-------
Table of Contents
  Executive Summary	5
 1 Introduction	12
 2 Barrio Logan Partnership	23
 3 Bridges to Friendship Partnership	42
 4 Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership	57
 5 Metro East Lead Collaborative	70
 6 New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership	83
 7 ReGenesis Partnership	98
  List of Interviewees	114
  Copy of Interview Guide	116
  Works Cited	119
  Endnotes	127

-------

-------
Executive Summary
       In June 1999, the federal  Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice (IWG)
began  to develop  the  concept of an  Integrated Federal  Interagency Environmental Justice
Action  Agenda (Agenda)  as a  way  of incorporating environmental justice in  all policies,
programs, and activities of federal  agencies. Finalized in May 2000, the IWG's Agenda seeks to
build dynamic and  proactive partnerships that access the  initiatives and resources of federal
agencies to improve the quality  of  life of  minority and low-income  communities that suffer
disproportionate environmental impacts.

       To help implement the Agenda, the IWG selected  fifteen IWG national demonstration
projects in  June  2000.  To make the selections, the IWG considered several criteria which
included  the  extent to which the projects: were  community-based; had  strong  community
interest; represented areas that were predominantly minority or low-income populations; had
sufficient resources to carry out activities; had previously taken steps to address or consider
environmental justice issues; had the commitment of at least two federal agencies to participate;
and were committed to using multi-stakeholder collaborative  problem-solving as a tool for
addressing  environmental  justice issues.   Goals of the projects  were varied, but included,
among others: asthma  rate reduction, comprehensive lead abatement, and contaminated site
cleanup.

       A critical  component of these projects for the  IWG were parties' commitments to
collaborate  with each  other to address environmental justice issues of concern  and federal
agencies' commitments to  coordinate with  each other  to  help support the projects.   After
witnessing many  years  of environmental justice disputes end with less-than-ideal solutions and
long-lasting  negative  relations  between  stakeholders,  the  IWG  came  to  recognize the
importance of encouraging a cooperative,  problem-solving spirit across stakeholders.   Once
these issues are  raised to the federal government, the IWG explains that, they typically "(1) cut
across  agency jurisdictions  or areas  of expertise;  (2) involve many stakeholders  holding
mutually  inconsistent perspectives about the nature of the issues confronting  them; and (3)
involve parties having longstanding, adversarial relationships."1   In response, the IWG argues
that  use of  a multi-stakeholder collaborative  effort can   be  an  effective way to achieve
sustainable, quality-of-life improvements for communities in which issues have taken "the form
of intractable, multifaceted,  and multi-layered disputes."  Furthermore, the  IWG explains that
championing collaboration at local levels, with federal agencies serving as partners, is a realistic
and  necessary  response  to  the  on-going environmental justice  issues facing  affected
communities.

       Following  the designation of the projects, the IWG continued to champion collaboration
as an important tool for addressing environmental justice  issues. Furthermore, the IWG began
identifying elements of success based upon the current projects and past efforts that used multi-
collaborative  problem-solving around  environmental  justice issues  in  order  to  outline an
"environmental justice (EJ) collaborative model." Committed to learn from  the demonstration
projects and  inform the development of the emerging EJ Collaborative  Model,  starting in
November 2000,  the IWG  began  working with the  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to
develop an evaluation  strategy.  The  plan eventually included the development of six case
studies for six demonstration projects, and a cross-case study analysis.  Data used to develop
the case studies was generated primarily through interviews of partnership members conducted
between September 2001 and April 2002, and document review.  Interview data was collected
through use of a semi-structured, open-ended interview guide. The case studies include:

-------
•      A  multi-stakeholder partnership  based  primarily in an  inner  city community near
       downtown San Diego that is addressing health concerns brought about by incompatible
       land uses.

•      A multi-stakeholder partnership focused on Southeast and Southwest Washington D.C.
       championed by  the  Washington  Navy  Yard that  is  seeking  to ensure  that local
       redevelopment efforts benefit local residents.

•      A collaboration between a tribal community in Alaska and several federal agencies that
       is working to ensure cleanup of over 80 contaminated sites on the community's home
       island.

•      A partnership between federal agencies  and several organizations based  in East St.
       Louis and surrounding communities that is taking a comprehensive approach to reducing
       local threats from lead-poisoning.

•      A  partnership  between  three   rural  communities,  federal  agencies,   and  other
       organizations  in southern Missouri that is taking a structured approach to  addressing
       local asthma, lead, and water quality issues.

•      A partnership  consisting of numerous groups and agencies and driven by a grassroots
       group in  Spartanburg, South  Carolina that  is seeking to  cleanup contaminated and
       abandoned sites and revitalize  the nearby  neighborhoods.

       Following completion of the case studies,  the cross-case study analysis was performed
that examined: 1) partnership process,  activities,  and outcomes;  2) key factors  influencing
partnership success;  3) value of collaboration to  address environmental justice issues;  and 4)
value of federal agency  involvement in these efforts. Following these analyses, findings were
developed  based  upon  a review of  the core analytical sections  and  the six case  studies.
Findings  describe the value of using  collaboration as applied in the six partnerships, value of
federal  involvement,  and specific factors contributing to progress  and success  of  the
partnerships.  Some of the core findings are described below.

Multi-stakeholder collaboration can act as a transformative mechanism for enabling
communities and associated stakeholders to  constructively address complex and long-
standing issues concerning environmental and public health hazards, strained or non-
existent relations with government agencies  and other institutions,  and economic
decline.

       Multi-stakeholder  collaboration   in  the  environmental  justice   context  can  be
transformative in two ways. First, it can provide disadvantaged communities with an opportunity
to openly discuss concerns and potential solutions to issues affecting them in a manner that
genuinely suits  the  affected community's  needs.   Second,  it can provide public service
organizations,  including  government  agencies and community-based organizations, with an
effective forum to coordinate, leverage, and strategically use resources to meet complex public
health, environmental, and other socio-economic challenges facing disadvantaged communities.
The power of the collaborative approaches used in the six partnerships is reflected in the fact
that nearly 80 percent of the interviewees  addressing this topic (52 of  66) indicated that the
issues facing the affected  communities either would not have  been addressed,  or would  not
have been addressed to  the same extent, if at all,  without use of a collaborative approach.
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
The partnerships  are generating a  variety of positive  outcomes  for the affected
communities.

       The partnerships' most significant outcome has  been the creation or enhancement of
relationships through which numerous, diverse,  and sometimes competing, stakeholders can
come  together and engage  in  constructive  dialogue  to  overcome environmental justice
concerns.  Through these collaborative partnerships, community organizations and residents
strengthen their capacity and confidence to work with agencies and institutions that are intended
to serve the  public.  In  addition, this collaboration helps build or reinforce  critical bridges
between institutions and the affected communities, which are  important ingredients for local
environmental  protection  and  redevelopment.   The  partnerships are also obtaining strong
support and/or involvement from members in the affected communities, and better ensuring the
implementation  and/or  the  more   effective   implementation  of  specific   public  health,
environmental  protection, and other economic development programs.

The partnerships are also enabling the many institutions seeking to provide community
assistance to work more effectively with the affected communities.

       Targeted programs designed to assist communities are  made more effective and best
applied when  sponsoring  officials  can  more  efficiently  navigate challenging  stakeholder
relationships and understand how their program may fit the affected community's overall needs.
Working through a forum that is already strongly supported  by the community and involves
numerous and diverse stakeholders can reduce  service providers' needs to develop separate,
independent  relationships  within  the affected  community  necessary  to  more  effectively
implement their programs.

Several of these partnerships have and continue to face challenges to improve situations
for the affected communities.

       Most notably, parties struggle with the maintenance and  operation of their partnerships,
grappling with such  day-to-day issues  as coordination  and  ensuring continued cooperation
amongst the different parties.  Furthermore, several partnerships are facing challenges with the
implementation of specific activities, such as developing more protective zoning  regulations and
ensuring that  all  responsible  parties participate in  the  cleanup of contaminated sites.  In
addition, some partnerships are still learning how best to engage the affected communities they
are working in to ensure that all residents have a genuine voice in and/or sufficient knowledge of
the partnership efforts  and their activities.   Finally,  one partnership, although committed to
working out differences, has struggled  to bridge diverse perspectives amongst participating
stakeholders.

Federal agencies have and continue to play key roles in these partnerships.

       First, federal agencies have assisted in the creation or continued implementation  in all
the partnerships  by  generating  or seizing opportunities  and by providing  energy and
enthusiasm. Second, they  have supplied the partnerships with critical resources, knowledge,
and expertise.   Finally, federal agencies have provided or enhanced the credibility,  legitimacy,
and/or trust surrounding the partnership efforts.  This has been  done by validating  community
concerns regarding issues  of environmental  justice, offering assurances that  certain  locally-
based  solutions to address  these  issues, are, in  fact, appropriate, encouraging reluctant
regional and local officials to consider becoming involved in these efforts, and bringing a greater
overall degree of accountability to the partnerships.
Executive Summary

-------
Despite the positive roles of federal agencies, cooperation and coordination in support of
partnership efforts within and between federal agencies could be enhanced and made
more apparent to non-federal partners.

       Some interviewees believe that coordination has improved.  However, some don't see
any evidence of cooperation, while  others are unclear about the cooperation.  Some federal
representatives,  however,  are exhibiting  signs of improved coordination.  One federal agency
has developed an internal team to better coordinate the many agency-led activities taking place
in the partnership community.  In two other partnerships, memorandums of understanding were
established  to  improve coordination and  cooperation between  some  participating federal
agencies. Moreover, at least one federal representative at the regional level has begun meeting
with representatives of different federal agencies to discuss ways in which they can coordinate
on additional partnerships centered on issues of environmental justice.

       Much of the success of these efforts can be attributed to individuals, either at the
community, regional, A/GO, or government level, who took it upon themselves, at real risk
of failure, to pull diverse groups together.

       Pulling partnerships  together, especially when the goal  is to address challenging
environmental problems and social relationships, and/or help a community revitalize,  can be a
difficult endeavor.   This challenge  is magnified  when organizations are  not accustomed  to
working in a coordinated manner, and when resources for maintaining the partnerships are not
always readily available.  Such an effort  requires not only leadership skills, patience, and the
ability for creative thinking, but also strong interpersonal skills that naturally lend themselves to
stakeholder bridge building.  In many instances, such  a combination of skills  in one individual
may not be available; nevertheless it confirms the need for communities and  other institutions
desiring to use collaborative partnerships to look for these qualities in persons to lead or co-lead
these efforts.

Conclusion and Recommendations

       This evaluation examined the value of using collaborative  partnerships to address
environmental justice issues  in predominantly low-income  or minority communities.   The
evaluation was built upon  six case studies that were primarily written between December and
July 2002.  Through this effort, the evaluation team and the IWG sought to set a high  standard
for evaluating environmental justice (EJ) collaborative partnerships.  The  evaluation  team
strived to accurately convey the spirit of what partnership stakeholders believed to be  the main
successes and challenges of their collaborative efforts, as well as what they expressed  to be the
overall value of using collaboration to address complex local issues. In addition, the evaluation
team sought to provide a broad and  insightful understanding of EJ collaborative partnerships in
terms  of what they  are achieving, factors contributing  to their progress and success, specific
organizational barriers that may be limiting collaboration, and the role of federal involvement in
these efforts.

       Evaluation findings indicate that the partnerships are  producing a variety of important
results. In  regards to overall value of collaboration, most interviewees indicated that the issues
facing  the affected  communities  either wouldn't have been addressed or wouldn't have been
address to  the same extent, if at all,  without use of a collaborative approach.  Interviewees also
saw  federal involvement in these efforts  as critical.    In addition to the many positive points
voiced, interviewees  also  noted the partnerships  are facing some  challenges,   including
difficulties associated with partnership maintenance and operational support.  Despite these and
other  challenges expressed,  most  interviewees  voiced  very favorable impressions of the
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
partnerships to which they were associated. Much additional work will be needed in the future
to more  fully understand  the  strength of multi-stakeholder collaboration for  resolving local
environmental justice issues.   However, evidence from this evaluation  suggests  that use of
these approaches, as demonstrated within these partnerships, can be an effective means for
addressing environmental justice issues in communities.

       To advance the use of multi-stakeholder collaborative partnerships as a means for
addressing environmental justice issues in  communities, the evaluation team recommends the
following:

For institutions at all levels responding to environmental, public health,  and socio-economic
challenges associated with community revitalization...

Expand  use of multi-stakeholder collaboration as a tool  for addressing environmental
justice issues  in distressed  communities.   Government at  all  levels, community
organizations,  faith groups,  other NGOs,  philanthropic foundations, and the business
community should review opportunities to initiate, support, and participate in  multi-
stakeholder collaborative partnerships.

       Use of collaborative approaches can effectively enable disadvantaged communities and
associated stakeholders to constructively address complex and long-standing issues concerning
environmental  and public  health hazards,  strained  or non-existent relations with government
agencies and other institutions, and economic decline.  Participation  in these efforts  not  only
better  ensures  that the  nation's least advantaged  populations'  concerns  are  heard  and
addressed; it can also better ensure the effective delivery of community development services.
Assistance in these efforts need not only take the form of financial resources and expertise, it
can take the form of personal  interaction with the affected community as partners, improved
coordination across organizations, and enhanced coordination within organizations.

For those organizations and institutions actively participating in, supporting, or overseeing EJ
collaborative partnerships...

Identify  long-term  opportunities with  organizations  and  institutions  to  build  the
administrative and coordination capacity of the collaborative partnerships.

       Partnerships reviewed for this study have creatively found ways to remain functioning
and ensure continued coordination.  However, energy continually devoted to the performance of
administrative functions by partnership leaders is energy lost to further meet, discuss ideas,
develop strategies,  and/or oversee the implementation  of  partnership actions.  Furthermore,
strong  assurances of long-term administrative and coordination support can go far in  terms of
reducing  overall  anxiety  of  partners  and especially partnership  leaders.   Finally,  a well-
established  administrative and  coordination function can potentially assure potential  partners
that the partnership is a solid operation worthy of additional support.

Promote community-based leadership and organizational development at the local level
for communities using multi-stakeholder collaboration to address EJ issues.

       It  is  much easier for partnerships  using multi-stakeholder collaboration to  implement
actions that support the affected community if the community has a strong voice in partnership
affairs.  The community's voice is best heard if the partnership includes  representatives of
community groups  that have  broad  local support.  In order to  obtain greater community
involvement in partnerships lacking a strong voice from the community, efforts should be made,
Executive Summary

-------
      to encourage community organizations and their leaders to emerge from within  the affected
      community and work with the partnership as partner members. This could be done through: (1)
      strategic use of grants to either build or enhance the capacity of existing community-based
      organizations to participate; (2) sharing of lessons learned from local leaders representing EJ
      collaborative partnerships about  how to better ensure local leadership; and  (3) informal and
      formal requests from partner members asking local  community-based organizations for their
      direct involvement.

      Focus attention on the environmental, public health,  and socio-economic outcomes
      produced by EJ collaborative partnership activities.

             Attention given both upfront and throughout a partnership's life cycle to several items
      should move the partnership that much closer to generating the type of results desired by  the
      affected community.  Items to consider include: (1)  the identification of short-  and long-term
      goals; (2) the implementation of activities and leveraging of resources in pursuit of these goals;
      and (3) the careful linking of goals,  activities, and  environmental,  public health,  and socio-
      economic outcomes.   To help  do  this,  partner members should early on consider using
      community visioning, strategic planning, performance measurement, and evaluative tools.

      For the academic community...

      Systematically promote rigorous academic study and intellectual discourse  around the
      use of collaborative models to address EJ issues.

             Much additional work is needed to more fully understand the value of EJ collaborative
      approaches at  both the national  and community level. This could take the form of additional
      program  evaluations and other research efforts.   Moreover,  this could  involve  academic
      symposiums  and  even  new coursework that  examine  both  the theory  underlying  EJ
      collaborative approaches, its current application, and potential for use on a broader scale.

      For the IWG...

      Link those involved  in EJ collaborative partnerships  into a national structure that
      encourages cross-partnership learning and builds additional support.

             Partners operating in isolation may feel that their work is overwhelming and that they  are
      continually charting new territory.  This could be at least partly overcome if partner members  are
      made to recognize  that they are part of a process  that is being used in  places across  the
      country to address complex issues in the midst of challenging stakeholder relationships.  Efforts
      to create a national structure could include:  (1) continuing  the on-going effort by the IWG to
      promote a national dialogue on use of EJ collaborative approaches; (2) hosting annual regional
      and national conferences for partnership members and others interested in such  approaches to
      discuss partnership progress and successes; and  (3) distributing a national newsletter to
      partnership members that provides updates  on partnership progress, partnership resources,
      and recommendations for overcoming partnership obstacles to success.

      Fully develop the EJ Collaborative Model.

             A carefully articulated model would provide a clearer understanding for parties interested
      in collaboration of how, and under what circumstances, collaboration can take place, and what
      benefits effective collaboration  could produce in addressing  environmental justice  issues.
      Second, such a model would enable the IWG, and leaders of the EJ collaborative partnerships,
      to learn from EJ collaborative efforts in a more systematic fashion.  The full development of the
10     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
EJ Collaborative Model could include:  (1) identification of the Model's main components; (2)
identification of basic outcomes to be achieved; (3) a discussion that clearly explains the links
between  collaborating  and  the  expected outcomes  of collaborating;  (4)  identification  of
indicators that can be used to determine the extent to which outcomes are being achieved; (5)
identification of agreed upon questions to systematically identify key factors contributing to
partnership progress and success; and (6) development of a data gathering plan that is user-
friendly and minimizes the burden of data collection.

Review  opportunities to  forge  stronger  links  between  established  government
environmental   programs  that are  critical  to  the  cleanup  and  revitalization  of
disadvantaged communities.

      These include federal initiatives such as DOE's Brightfields, EPA's Brownfields, DOE's
Clean Cities, DOE's Rebuild America, EPA's  Smart Growth  Index, EPA's  Superfund, and
others. These programs produce results acting independently.  In order to fully meet the needs
of communities challenged by numerous environmental, public health, and  socio-economic
issues, EJ collaborative partnerships would greatly benefit if the leaders and coordinators of
these programs either enhance or  begin  formal partnerships with  each  other.   Formal
coordination efforts could include periodic assessments of  (1)  how  cooperation by program
coordinators can be  improved,  (2) how related programs  could  be tailored to more  easily
complement one another, and (3) how the public regularly obtains access to and uses these
programs.

Expand internal federal support for both current and future EJ collaborative partnerships.

      The IWG has played an important leadership role in supporting, nurturing, and promoting
EJ collaborative partnerships. However both  current and future EJ collaborative partnerships
would benefit by expanded IWG support.  First, each IWG-sponsored  partnership would benefit
by having a designated champion  within the IWG.  Second,  partnerships would  benefit  by
additional  technical  assistance in the  form  of  planning and evaluation, regular diffusion of
lessons  learned, and greater understanding of the availability  and accessibility of the broad
array of resources, particularly at the federal level, for both community partnership building and
community revitalization initiatives.   Furthermore,  partnerships  could benefit from tools that
enable them to understand the linkages  between these government programs and how they
could be accessed and used collectively to better meet environmental and revitalization goals.
Although  it is beyond the  scope of the  IWG to provide this type of technical assistance to
partnership communities on a regular basis, the IWG can collectively help envision, oversee,
and  support information diffusion systems that enable partnerships to more efficiently and
effectively develop and obtain desired outcomes for the partnership communities.
Executive Summary                                                                          11

-------
                 1
Introduction
      Background

             In the late 1980s and early 1990s, the federal government gave increasing attention to
      issues of environmental justice.  Grassroots protests and government and academic research
      began to reveal how communities of color and low-income were faced with a disproportionate
      share of unwanted land uses and disparities in environmental protection.  As a first response,
      the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) opened the Office of Environmental Equity in
      1992, which became the Office of Environmental Justice.  An important effort that emerged from
      this office was the creation of the National Environmental Justice Advisory  Council—a federal
      advisory committee that consists  of a range of stakeholders that provide  advice to EPA on
      environmental justice matters. In 1994, Executive Order 12898 was signed requiring all federal
      agencies to ensure environmental justice issues are addressed in all agency  programs, policies,
      and  procedures.   In addition,  the  Order required  the  formation  of a federal  interagency
      workgroup, chaired by EPA, to better ensure coordination across federal agencies in resolving
      environmental justice issues.  By 2000  several federal  agencies,  along with an increasing
      number of state governments, local  governments and members of the business community,
      had initiated programs or taken actions to remedy environmental justice issues.

      The Interagency Working Group  on Environmental Justice

             An  important component of the federal effort to address environmental justice issues
      was  the development  of the "Integrated Federal  Interagency  Environmental Justice Action
      Agenda" (Agenda)  released in   May 2000 by  the  federal  Interagency Working Group on
      Environmental Justice (IWG). The overarching  goal  of the Agenda  is to build "dynamic and
      proactive partnerships among Federal agencies to  benefit environmentally and economically
      distressed communities."  In the Agenda the IWG stressed that that by working more effectively
      together, federal agencies would "enhance identification,  mobilization and utilization of Federal
      resources...[enabling] distressed communities to improve environmental decision-making and
      more efficiently access and leverage Federal government initiatives."3

             To help implement the Action Agenda, the IWG selected fifteen national demonstration
      projects in June 2000.  To  make the selections, the IWG considered several criteria which
      included the extent  to which the projects: were  community-based; had  strong community
      interest; represented areas that were predominantly minority or low-income populations; had
      sufficient resources to carry  out activities; had previously taken steps to address or consider
      environmental justice issues;  had the commitment of at least two federal agencies to participate;
      and  were  committed  to using multi-stakeholder collaborative  problem-solving  as a tool for
      addressing environmental justice issues.  Of the projects selected, eleven had specific local
      communities as focus areas;  three had particular states or regions as their focus area and one
      focused on national tribal environmental justice policy. Some of the projects selected emerged
      as a direct result of the IWG designation process;  others were  already established  and  were
      selected to highlight their on-going commitments to multi-stakeholder collaboration4.  Some of
      the goals of the various projects included:
12

-------
       •      Cleanup of a polluted waterway;
       •      Community empowerment to better address local environmental justice issues;
       •      Conversion of vehicular fleets to cleaner fuels;
       •      Community economic development;
       •      Comprehensive lead abatement;
       •      Local air quality improvement;
       •      Contaminated site cleanup; and
       •      Asthma rate reduction.5

No special IWG funding awards were given to the projects as a result of IWG designation.

Why Collaboration?

       A critical component of these  projects for  the  IWG  were  parties' commitments  to
collaborate with each other to address environmental justice issues of  concern and federal
agencies'  commitments  to coordinate  with each  other  to  help support the projects.   After
witnessing many years of environmental justice disputes end with less-than-ideal solutions and
long-lasting  negative relations between  stakeholders,  the  IWG  came  to  recognize the
importance of encouraging a cooperative, problem-solving  spirit across  stakeholders.   Once
these issues are raised to the federal  government, the IWG explains that,  they typically "(1) cut
across agency jurisdictions or areas  of expertise;  (2) involve many stakeholders  holding
mutually inconsistent perspectives about the nature of the issues confronting them; and (3)
involve parties having longstanding, adversarial relationships."6  In  response, the IWG argues
that  use of  a  multi-stakeholder  collaborative effort can  be  an  effective way to achieve
sustainable, quality-of-life improvements for communities in which issues  have taken "the form
of intractable, multifaceted, and multi-layered disputes."  Furthermore, the IWG  explains that
championing collaboration at local  levels, with federal agencies serving as partners, is a realistic
and  necessary  response  to  the on-going environmental justice  issues facing  affected
communities.

Towards an Environmental Justice Collaborative Model

       Less  than  a  year following the  designation  of  these  projects,  the  International
City/County Management Association hosted a forum, sponsored by the Ford Foundation. The
Forum brought together numerous stakeholders to discuss  opportunities for collaboration,
identify elements for successful collaboration, and hear from different partners involved in three
of the IWG's national demonstration projects.   Following  this forum,  the  IWG  continued  to
champion  collaboration as an  important tool to address environmental justice issues.   In its
efforts to  further promote  an "environmental  justice collaborative  model" the IWG  began
outlining elements of success based upon the demonstration projects  and  past efforts that used
multi-stakeholder collaborative problem-solving.  The IWG grouped elements of success into
five  categories that include:  issue  identification and  leadership  formation;  capacity- and
partnership-building;  strategic  planning and vision;  implementation;  and  identification and
replication of best practices.7

       Since the designation of the national demonstration projects, groups dedicated to  issues
of environmental justice have endorsed this collaborative approach to problem-solving.  In 2001,
the National Environmental Policy Commission's Report to the  Congressional Black Caucus
Foundation Environmental Justice Braintrust stated, "The  IWG demonstration  projects are
particularly significant. They point to the potential to problem-solve across stakeholder groups
in a constructive,  collaborative  manner,  building relationships,  avoiding duplicated efforts, and
leveraging  instead  of wasting resources."8   Furthermore, in  June  2002, EPA's  National
Introduction                                                                                 13

-------
       Environmental Justice Advisory Council  recommended that EPA support advancement of the
       IWG's Action Agenda and "its collaborative interagency problem-solving model as exemplified in
       the fifteen demonstration projects."9   In April 2002, the IWG announced a second  round  of
       nominations for projects working  to address environmental justice concerns, and expects  to
       make selections by mid-November. As part of the criteria for selection, the IWG asked proposal
       sponsors to discuss how their project exhibited elements of success mentioned in the paragraph
       above.10

       Roots of the Environmental Justice Collaborative Model

             The emerging Environmental Justice (EJ) Collaborative Model is being built on lessons
       from  the  on-going national  demonstration projects  as well as upon on lessons from many
       existing comprehensive, collaborative efforts, such as the Dudley Street Neighborhood Initiative
       in Boston,  Massachusetts, and the programs of the  Bethel New Life Community Development
       Corporation in  Chicago, Illinois.1'1   Other important  influences include the National  Advisory
       Council on Environmental Policy  and Technology's Integrative Environmental  Justice  Model
       Demonstration Approach, developed in 1993; the City of Clearwater, Florida's effort to develop
       a model environmental justice strategic  plan for brownfields redevelopment, begun in 1996;12
       and lessons from a document entitled Community Collaborative Wellness Tool.13  What sets the
       IWG's approach apart from these  efforts is the IWG's emphasis upon systematically promoting
       multi-stakeholder collaboration  as a tool for addressing environmental  justice issues on a
       national  scale.   Through  the  IWG's  national pilot projects and soon-to-be   announced
       revitalization  projects, the concerted effort by federal agencies to serve  as partners in these
       projects, and enhanced  federal participation and coordination, the  IWG expects that distressed
       communities  will be  enabled to more easily access  existing federal and  other resources that
       enhance environmental protection  and community revitalization.

       Collaboration Explored in Brief

             Before reviewing the collaborative projects in more detail, it is helpful to  discuss briefly
       the term collaboration.   In her comprehensive treatment  of the subject, Barbara Gray defines
       collaboration  as "a process through which parties who see different aspects of a problem can
       constructively explore their differences and search for solutions that go beyond their own  limited
       vision of what  is possible."14  Collaboration, according to Gray,  is typically used to resolve
       conflicts or advance  shared  visions, and it can be used in a variety of settings including "joint
       ventures  among businesses, settlement of local  neighborhood  or environmental  disputes,
       revitalization of economically depressed cities, and resolution of major international  problems."15
       According to Gray, the collaborative process typically consists of three phases: (1) the problem-
       setting phase, in which parties join together to discuss concerns; (2) the direction-setting  phase,
       in which  parties use organizational techniques such as agendas and  subgroups to  works
       towards  and  reach an  agreement; and (3) the implementation phase,  in which the  parties
       generate   outside  support  for   their  agreement   and   monitor   it  to   ensure   its  proper
       implementation.16 Gray associates several benefits with collaboration, which are listed below:17
14     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
                         The Benefits of Collaboration (from Gray)

          Broad comprehensive analysis of the problem domain improves the quality of solutions.
          Response capability is more diversified.
          It is useful for reopening deadlocked negotiations.
          The risk of impasse is minimized.
          The process ensures that each stakeholder's interests are considered in any agreement.
          Parties retain ownership of the solution.
          Parties most familiar with the problem, not their agents, invent solutions.
          Participation enhances acceptance of solution and willingness to implement it.
          The potential to discover novel, innovative solutions is enhanced.
          Relations between the stakeholders improve.
          Costs associated with other methods are avoided.
Figure 1. The Benefits of Collaboration (from Gray)

       Gray also points out several realities associated with collaboration.  First, collaboration
will not always work, as, for instance, when one party holds significantly higher power relative to
the other  participants.   Second, collaboration  may not  always resolve  complex,  multiparty
issues, especially when parties perceive the dispute as centering on a distinctly defined set of
gains and  losses.  Furthermore, collaboration can be difficult when the parties' perceptions of a
threat "have  deep  psychological and emotional  roots."  To overcome this  challenge,  Gray
suggests that collaboration must  pay careful attention to the design of stakeholder meetings. In
addition, Gray suggests that effective collaboration requires a significant investment of time by
the participants, and "the skill and forbearance of a convening organization and/or a skilled third
party."18

       In a more recent examination of the topic, Steven Daniels and Gregg Walker describe
collaboration as a process involving "interdependent parties identifying issues of mutual interest,
pooling their  energy  and resources, addressing  their differences,  charting  a course  for the
future, and allocating implementation responsibility  among  the group."19  They also describe
several important features of collaboration, which are listed below.20
                 Key Features of Collaboration (from Daniels and Walker)

    1. It is less competitive and more accepting of additional parties in the process because they are
   viewed more as potential contributors than as potential competitors.
   2.  It is based on joint learning and fact-finding; information is not used in a competitively strategic
   manner.
   3.  It allows underlying value differences to be explored, and there is the potential for joint values to
   emerge.
   4.  It resembles principled negotiation, since the focus is on interests rather than positions.
   5.  It allocates the responsibility for implementation across as many participants in the process as
   the situation warrants.
   6.  Its conclusions are generated by participants  through an interactive, iterative, and reflexive
   process. Consequently, it is less deterministic and linear.
   7.  It is an ongoing process; the participants do not meet just  once to discuss a difference and then
   disperse.  However, collaborations may  have  a limited  life  span if the  issues that brought the
   participants together are resolved.
   8.  It has the potential to build individual and community capacity in such  areas as  conflict
   management, leadership, decision making, and communication.
Figure 2. Key Features of Collaboration (from Daniels and Walker)
Introduction                                                                                         15

-------
             The authors argue for the use of  collaboration as an important public policy tool to
       address natural resource conflicts—one that can effectively balance two  competing societal
       public policy goals of "technical  competence and participatory process".21   They also  carefully
       point  out, however,  that  collaboration  is  a challenging  endeavor.   They  explain  that to
       collaborate, experts must learn to communicate without the use of jargon and to admit that their
       views reflect "fundamental value preferences." Also, to collaborate,  citizens must  make a
       substantial investment of their  own time,  acknowledge  contrasting "worldviews and political
       preferences" and take care to make only reasonable demands of agency staff and tax dollars.22
       Moreover, they explain  that whether parties  begin  to  collaborate hinges entirely with the
       participants,  since "there  is  no practical  way or ethical  reason  to  force them to  interact
       collaboratively." They add to this by stating, "Collaboration  cannot be forced, scheduled, or
       required;  it must be nurtured, permitted, and promoted."23  As with Gray,  Daniels and Walker
       also emphasize the importance  of design  in collaboration.  They note that, "A process is not
       collaborative just  because someone  labels it so, but  the  collaboration  emerges  from the
       interactions of the participants,  which, in  turn, is encouraged,  by the thoughtfulness of the
       design."24

       Overview of Case Study Development

             Although the EJ  Collaborative  Model is still emerging, since the launch of the Action
       Agenda, the IWG has been committed to  learn from the national demonstration projects.  By
       better understanding how  these  projects  use collaborative processes,  the  IWG hopes to
       continue developing a collaborative model that other communities addressing environmental
       justice issues can more easily apply in the  future.  In the fall of 2000, the IWG  began exploring
       the possibility of having the Evaluation Support Division in  EPAs Office of Policy, Economics,
       and Innovation conduct an evaluation of some  of the  on-going projects. Starting  in November
       2000, EPAs Evaluation  Support Division began working with the IWG to  begin  to frame the
       evaluation questions, with the expectation that findings from individual project evaluations would
       serve as the  basis for a cross project assessment.

             Recognizing early  on that  some stakeholders may  be reluctant  to  participate  in a
       government-sponsored  evaluation,  especially given that projects were voluntary, challenging
       issues were  being addressed and,  many projects were still in the early stages, the evaluation
       team  took three steps.   First, the team composed a set of environmental justice evaluation
       guiding principles  (see Appendix B) intended to describe what an evaluation is, why it is useful,
       how it can be done in a manner that is respectful of the community,  and how evaluation results
       can be used to empower the participants involved.  Second, the team sought a high degree of
       input from a range of groups including the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council, the
       IWG,  demonstration project leaders, program evaluators, business representatives, academia,
       and environmental justice activists.*  Finally, the team gave project leads the opportunity to
       review and comment on the questions in advance to obtain assurances that (1) the evaluation
       purpose was clear and acceptable to  the  community,  (2)  data  collection techniques were
       considerate  of interviewees' time,  and (3) interview questions  were structured  such that
       participants could  provide the most accurate information.

             Although the primary focus of the effort did not change based upon stakeholder input,
       the team  did choose to develop case studies of the projects  rather than individual evaluations
        In addition to providing both the NEJAC and the IWG the opportunity to comment on the evaluation approach, two
       facilitated national conference calls were conducted in 2001 to better inform the direction of the evaluation. To view
       proceedings of the national conference calls go to: http://www.epa.qov/evaluate/ncc.htm.
16     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
for the six projects reviewed.  The six case studies were then analyzed to address the following
topics:

•  Partnership process, activities, and outcomes;

•  Key factors influencing partnership success;

•  Value of multi-stakeholder collaborative  partnerships  to  address environmental justice
   issues; and

•  Value of federal agency involvement in these efforts.

       Data used  to develop the case studies was generated through a combination  of data
collection approaches,  including phone interviews, face-to-face interviews, and document
review.   Interview  data was collected through use of a semi-structured, open-ended interview
guide that was adapted when needed for the  interviewees of different  partnerships.   The
evaluation team generally followed the  interview guide; however, not all questions were asked
of all interviewees.  Interview questions were structured loosely on the program framework
described below.

Objectives-» Process-» Outputs-» Institutional Effects-» Environmental Outcomest
                              t                t
                                External Factors

Figure 3. Steps in a Program Framework

       A concerted  effort  was  made  to  interview individuals  that (1) possessed a strong
understanding of the partnership they  were associated with; and (2) accurately reflected the
diversity  of  partnership  interests.  The evaluation team made the  decision not to interview
persons unaffiliated with individual partnerships.  Such an effort would have required resources
well  beyond our scope.  However,  even  by limiting the  interviewee pool in  this way, the
evaluation team fully expected to uncover a diversity of responses within single partnerships.

       To identify  interviewees, the evaluation team typically developed a draft interviewee list
based  upon an initial  review of partnership documents.    A chart  describing the types  of
organizations participating in each of the six partnerships reviewed, based upon  a listing in the
December 2000 IWG Demonstration Projects Interim Report, is included below.
t For the purposes of this figure "environmental outcomes" are also meant to include public health and quality of life
outcomes.
Introduction                                                                                  17

-------
                       Types of Organizations Participating in the Six Partnerships Reviewed
                             Based Upon December 2000 Interim Progress Report List
                          Community/ Non-Profit

                        Local Government Official

                 State/Regional Government Official

                      Federal Government Official

                            Local Elected Official

                Office of U.S. Congressional Official

                              Business/Industry

                                    Academia

                              Project Consultant
                                                         10     15     20     25    30

                                                             Number of Organizations
                                                                                 35
   40
               Chart 1. Types of Organizations Participating in the Six Partnerships Reviewed Based Upon December
               2000 Interim Progress Report List

               Partnership leaders were then asked to provide feedback on the potential interviewees
       and suggest more suitable candidates if necessary.  In total, the  evaluation team  conducted 66
       separate interviews and a  total of 79 individuals participated. Care was taken to work within the
       constraints  of the federal  Paperwork Reduction Act.   The distribution of  interviewee type  is
       included below.
                         Interviewees for the Six Partnerships Reviewed by Organizational
                                       Type (September 2001-March 2002)
                           Community / Non-profit

                         Local Government Official

                  State/Regional Government Official

                                 Federal Official

                             Local Elected Official

                  Office of U.S. Congressional Official

                               Business/Industry

                                     Academia

                               Project Consultant
                                                          10     15    20     25
                                                            Number of Interviewees
                                                                             30
35
                Chart 2. Interviewees for the Six Partnerships Reviewed by Organizational Type
               (Sept. 2001-March 2002)
18
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address EnvironmentalJustice Issues in Communities

-------
       As evident from  the  table, representatives  of community  organizations and federal
agencies represented the bulk of the interviewees.  When establishing the interviewee list at the
on-set, community organizations and federal agencies were most often the main participants in
the partnerships.  Given the high degree of federal involvement in these projects, the distribution
of interviewees by federal agency is also presented.
                            Federal Interviewees by Organization
                         Army Corps of Engineers

                          Bureau of Indian Affairs

                                 Coast Guard

                          Department of Defense

                   Environmental Protection Agency

                     Federal Aviation Administration

         Department of Housing and Urban Development

                            Department of Labor

                           National Park Service

              Natural Resources Conservation Service
                                          01   234567
                                                   Number of Interviewees
       Chart 3. Federal Interviewees by Organization

       Interviews were primarily conducted  between mid-September and the first week  of
October  2001.   However  interviews for two  partnerships  were  conducted  between  late
November 2001  and April 2002.  In addition, the evaluation team reviewed 15 to 75 documents,
depending upon availability, to develop each case study.  These documents  included written
community  histories, formal project  reports,  fact  sheets,  site assessments, environmental
management plans, community planning documents, and newspaper articles.

       Case studies were structured to allow for cross-case analysis and  included the following
sections: (1) community history, (2) partnership background, (3) partnership goals and process,
(4)  partnership activities, (5) measuring  partnership success, (6) partnership successes and
challenges,  (7)  recommendations for  improving the  partnership,  (8)  lessons for  other
communities considering partnerships, (9) value of federal involvement, and (10) findings. Parts
1-4 were  mostly descriptive and  relied primarily on background documents, while parts 5-10
relied primarily on interviewee data.  To conduct the analysis using interview data,  responses to
particular  questions were reviewed to  identify themes  and patterns. Care was taken to ensure
that the comments carefully reflected the sentiment of the interviewees' and the degree to which
interviewees agreed with others on a particular topic.

       Case study findings were based upon  the interview data, the document review, and the
evaluators'  overall  impressions  of each  partnership.   Interviewees were  also  given two
opportunities to review their partnership case study and provide comments regarding the case
study's organization, content, accuracy, and  readability.  In addition, the evaluation team, on
occasion,  contacted a few specific individuals associated with the partnerships to clarify certain
Introduction
19

-------
       questions  related to partnership  background  and  process.   Case studies were  written
       understanding that the descriptions and analyses of interviewee comments reflected interviewee
       perceptions about the partnerships at a single point in time.  Moreover,  the evaluation team
       recognized  that the partnerships,  and interviewee perceptions of them, would  continue to
       evolve.

             The case study partnerships were selected based upon several considerations including
       the extent to which they represented  an adequate level of geographic variability and adequate
       variability in regards to the partnership types (both in  terms of the partnership focus and the
       demographic characteristics of the affected community). In addition, attention was placed upon
       those  partnerships that were  more representative of those types of partnerships that the IWG
       expects will be more commonly implemented in communities in the future.

       Overview of Case Study Partnerships

             The Barrio  Logan  Partnership  is based  primarily  in an  inner city community near
       downtown  San Diego.  The partnership formed in 2001 as  part of the IWG designation after
       initial  discussions  between a senior  EPA official and representatives of the Environmental
       Health Coalition,  a local environmental justice organization with  a long-standing history of
       working in the Barrio Logan community.  Barrio Logan is faced with  several challenges, most
       notably incompatible land-uses brought about through lack of proper zoning restrictions that led
       to the emergence  of industrial  land  uses near residential  homes.  Through a  structured,
       facilitated  partnering  process,  the  Barrio  Logan  partnership  has brought  long-standing
       adversaries together to  discuss, form goals, and implement actions to address some  of the
       numerous quality of life issues facing the community.

             The Bridges to Friendship Partnership emerged in 1998 out of concerns that a major
       redevelopment effort in a distressed Washington, D.C.  neighborhood  would fail to benefit local
       residents  and could  eventually  result  in   their  displacement.    Initiated  by  community
       organizations and officials at the  Washington  Navy Yard, these groups formed a structured but
       flexible partnership involving  numerous community  non-profits, several federal agencies, and
       the  District of Columbia government to  ensure that  local residents would benefit from the
       redevelopment through  better coordination,   communication,  and pooling of expertise and
       resources. With over forty partners today, partnership members view this coordinated approach
       as an  effective way to conduct business and continue to search for opportunities to  better serve
       local residents.

             The Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup  Partnership is a unique emerging collaboration
       between the Metlakatla Indian Community (MIC),  federal  agency field staff in Alaska, and
       federal headquarters staff based primarily in  Washington D.C.  Its purpose is  to ensure the
       cleanup  of over  80 primarily government-contaminated sites on  the MIC's  home island in
       southeast Alaska.  Through  these coordinated efforts, the parties hope to cleanup the sites in a
       manner that is satisfactory to  the Tribe, making more efficient use of resources, and map out a
       process for cleanup of complex multi-party sites. The issues are complex given  the numerous
       agencies and other parties involved in the contamination, the different  parties' policies and
       procedures for contaminated site cleanup, and disagreements over who should cleanup the
       sites and to what level.  The partnership effort began in 2000 after the designation by the IWG
       as a  national demonstration  pilot and  built  upon  an on-going local collaboration primarily
       between the MIC and Alaska federal agency field staff.

             The Metro East Lead  Collaborative is an effort that emerged after a local hospital and
       government officials determined that high  lead levels in  children  in  East.  St.  Louis and
20     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
surrounding communities may be a result of lead-contaminated soil.  Recognizing the need for a
comprehensive approach  to  reduce the threat of lead-poisoning, in early 1999, an EPA
representative brought several groups already at work on lead and related issues together to
form a structured partnership.  Although initially focused on East St.  Louis, the project soon
expanded its  focus to  other nearby  neighborhoods.  In  addition,  the enthusiasm  over the
partnership's lead-reduction efforts spurred the partnership to begin simultaneously addressing
brownfields redevelopment.

       The New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership resulted  in  1998  after local  residents
from one rural community in southern Missouri requested the assistance of the federal  Natural
Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) to help it tackle numerous social, economic,  and
environmental  challenges.  Responding to the call,  NRCS joined together with EPA, a regional
non-profit, and two additional communities in the area to begin addressing  common residential
concerns. Soon after the partnership was  designated by EPA as  a  Child Health Champion
national demonstration project, these groups began taking a structured approach to addressing
asthma, lead, and water quality issues in the three communities. Since then, the partners have
made significant progress meeting the objectives outlined under their program.

       The ReGenesis  Partnership emerged  in  1999,  after  the  leader of a 1,400-member
group representing two distressed and adjacent neighborhoods in Spartanburg, South Carolina
brought together numerous stakeholders in  an effort to cleanup  and  revitalize the area.  By
building a shared vision  for redevelopment,  the energy and enthusiasm surrounding the effort
brought together approximately  70 organizations representing  a  range  of  interests, which
includes the cleanup and  redevelopment of two Superfund equivalent sites, the building  of  a
health clinic, a recreational greenway, new road construction, and new affordable housing. This
loosely structured  partnership  is headed by Harold Mitchell,  the  leader  of ReGenesis,  and
guided by a core group including Mitchell,  and  representatives  of  the City, the County,  and
EPAs regional office based in Atlanta.

Partnership Similarities and Differences in Brief

       Across the six partnerships reviewed are both similarities and  differences.  First, the
partnerships started at different points in time.  Some started as early as 1998 and others as
late as 2000.   Second, some  partnerships were  initiated by communities or community-based
organizations while others were initiated by federal agencies.  Most partnerships have identified
issues, formed goals, and are  taking actions or planning actions to address these issues. Most
have well-defined operating structures, however only  one regularly relies on a professional
facilitator.  The partnership coordination mechanisms range from tight to loose, and the scope of
solutions sought by each of  the partnerships  vary  from specific to  comprehensive.   In all
partnerships diverse stakeholders  are participating,  however, most  stakeholders  represent
community or government-based organizations.  Finally, all partnerships have varying levels of
community involvement.
Introduction                                                                                  21

-------
Partnership
Title
Barrio Logan
Bridges to
Friendship
Metlakatla
Peninsula
Cleanup
Partnershi
p Location
San Diego,
California
Southeast/
Southwest
Washington,
D.C.
Southeaster
n Alaska
Demographics
of Affected
Community
Predominantly
Latino/Low
income
Predominantly
African
American/Low
income
Native
American/Low
income
Geographic
Characteristics
Inner city
Inner city
Rural/Island
Year
Initiated
2000
1998
2000
Partnership Focus
Address immediate
health concerns/
Boost overall quality
of life
Increase overall
resident employment/
Boost overall quality
of life
Cleanup
contaminated sites
Metro East Lead
Collaborative
East St.
Louis/St.
Clair County,
Illinois
African
American/Low
income
                                                        Inner City
                                                                               Improve children's
                                                                    1999       health by reducing
                                                                               lead poisoning
         New Madrid Tri-
         Community
                  New Madrid
                  County,
                  Missouri
African
American/
Caucasian/Low
income
Rural
           Address childhood
           lead poisoning,
1998       asthma and allergies,
           and water
           contaminants
                          Spartanburg,  African
         ReGenesis        South        American/Low
                          Carolina      income
                                                                               Address and
                                                Urban/Rural        2000       revitalize
                                                                               contaminated sites
        Figure 4. Case Study Partnerships Summary
22
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address EnvironmentalJustice Issues in Communities

-------
          2
Barrio  Logan  Partnership
          [This effort has] gotten people from these agencies talking and getting to know each
          other which is critical.

          We're talking about safety, housing, trucks, and all the things that are important to
          the community.

          Previous enemies are working together to figure out what they can do to  fix  the
          problem instead of fighting.

          I saw this partnership as an opportunity to break the cycle that had been going on for
          the last 30-40 years.

                                                 — Interviewees, Barrio Logan Partnership
Community History

       The City of San Diego is located on the southern California coast, less than fifteen miles
from the northern border of Mexico. Home to a diverse population of approximately 1.2 million
people25t, the City was named the most efficiently run city in California in February 2002.26 The
Mayor's Office is currently engaged in efforts to improve overall quality of life for San Diegans,
focused on such goals as reducing traffic congestion, cleaning the area's bays and beaches and
enhancing San Diego's neighborhoods27 Through San Diego's "City of Villages" initiative the
City hopes  to help  its historically and culturally distinct communities thrive by working with them
to address and integrate commercial, employment, housing, transit, and civic use needs.28

       One San Diego community, where residents  have been working for  many years to
strengthen  its neighborhoods and boost overall quality of life for residents, can be found near
the City's downtown area.  Barrio Logan is a predominantly Latino community located on  the
border of the industrialized portion of the San  Diego Bay.29 Between 1910 and 1920, this area
saw a large influx  of immigrants from  Mexico wanting to escape Mexico's poor economy and
political turmoil.30  Following  this  migration, Barrio Logan  transformed into  one of the largest
Mexican-American communities in California31 and  came  to be  known as  "the historical and
symbolic center of the  San Diego Chicano Community."32 As San Diego's downtown grew, and
both the state and the city began to modernize, however,  Barrio Logan began experiencing a
series of fundamental changes33  First, the revision of city zoning laws in the 1950s led to
industrial growth in the community and  brought a series of junkyards sited near schools and
homes34 as well as other  industries, including plating, furniture, woodworking, auto body, and
welding shops,35 tanneries and canneries.36   Second, U.S. Interstate 5 was built in the early
1960s, which "physically divided the community and resulted in forced relocation of residents."37
Finally, in 1969, the Coronado Bay Bridge was constructed, leading to more displacement of
 Interviews for this case study were conducted primarily during the week of October 8, 2001. One additional interview
was conducted in late October. Twelve separate interviews were conducted and a total of fourteen persons
participated. Interviews were conducted with representatives of community organizations, federal, state, and local
government agencies, local business, and industry.
    current population total of the City of San Diego equals 1,223,400.
                                                                                            23

-------
       residents and further community resentment.38  By 1979, Barrio Logan's population had fallen
       from 20,000 to only 5,000.

             Today, roughly 6,000 people reside in Barrio Logan, of which approximately 85 percent
       are  Hispanic.39 The community consists of a tightly concentrated mixture of homes, commercial
       buildings, and industrial facilities, including a waterfront industrial and naval  complex.40  Despite
       a heavy concentration  of industry, unemployment is significantly greater than the city average,41
       and 40 percent of households earn incomes below the state's poverty level.42 Moreover, Barrio
       Logan  residents  struggle  with  antiquated,  inadequate  and  poorly  maintained  housing,
       overburdened schools, and insufficient health care and  social services43   In addition, Barrio
       Logan  residents are faced  with a  myriad of environmental health  issues.  Today, nearly
       3,000,000 pounds of toxic pollutants are emitted from facilities in the community, children exhibit
       an incidence of  asthma at over twice the rate  of the national average,44 and the  region's
       respiratory health hazard index is 100-200 times above acceptable standards45  In addition,
       residents are faced with pollutants from a high volume of commuter and truck traffic.

             Despite its  many obstacles,  Barrio Logan residents  have kept  a strong sense  of
       community and  continue to push for improvements. This is perhaps best symbolized by an
       event in 1970 in which Barrio Logan residents resisted  efforts by the California Highway Patrol
       to build  a parking lot on land underneath the  Coronado  Bay  Bridge that had previously been
       designated by the  City to become  a community  park.46  Born out  of many years of negative
       relations  between  the  community and the City,47  these actions  eventually resulted in the
       establishment of Chicano Park, which became famous for its collection of murals,48 and other
       programs and initiatives including the Chicano Community Clinic and the Chicano Park Steering
       Committee.49

             By the mid-1970s, residents,  along with businesses and the City  had begun  to work
       together in an effort to boost the quality of life in the community.50  An example of such an effort
       was the development of Barrio Logan/Harbor 101 Community Plan, adopted by the City Council,
       which  called for  a  series of improvements in the community, including zoning and land use
       changes.51   Despite activity within  the community  and the plan's call for new zoning in the
       community,  change  has not  come  quickly.  For  instance, the  new redevelopment  zone
       recommended in the Barrio Logan/Harbor 101 Community Plan was not established until 199152
       and only included a portion of Barrio Logan.53  Moreover, neither the new zone nor subsequent
       zoning  amendments eliminated the  mixed industrial-residential  land use  pattern in Barrio
       Logan.54  Nevertheless, residents and different organizations continued to move forward on
       numerous fronts to improve Barrio Logan's quality of life and reduce the threat from air pollution.
       For instance, in another effort to stop incompatible land uses,  community residents and a local
       environmental justice organization active in the Barrio  Logan area, the Environmental Health
       Coalition, pressured the City of San Diego  Land  Use  and Housing Committee to  pass a
       measure in 1994 calling for the  relocation of the chrome plating shops and chemical distribution
       facilities from Barrio Logan.55  Similarly,  in 1996, the City of San Diego along with the Barrio
       Logan Livable Neighborhoods  Team developed the Barrio Logan Revitalization Action  Plan,
       which, among several other action items, suggested that the City relocate existing polluting
       facilities to areas where they would not pose a risk to sizeable populations.56 Despite these
       actions by the City, not one of the polluting facilities has yet been relocated from the area.57

             Another initiative was an effort by the  California Air Resources Board to do extensive
       testing  for air pollution  and health effects in partnership with several stakeholders in the
       community.58 Others include a major multi-year study being conducted in cooperation with the
       University of Southern  California, the Environmental  Health Coalition, and a local health clinic to
       assess how  air pollution in  Barrio Logan may be linked to certain  illnesses;  and an  effort
24     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
sponsored  by the  local  American Lung Association chapter to  reduce incidences of asthma
among asthmatic children in schools.59

Partnership Background

       Although these and other initiatives were underway in the late 1990s to address different
concerns of the community,  and Barrio Logan's sister community of Logan  Heights, most
operated independently  of each other.   Project organizers did not regularly consult with one
another to  complement  efforts,  share lessons learned, and avoid  project duplication. Further,
despite the many efforts, community concerns were not  being fully addressed.  For example,
some residents wanted neighborhood truck traffic, which  passes by a local elementary school,
rerouted, or speed limits lowered, to  better ensure the safety of their children  as they walked to
and from school.  Others were  concerned about Barrio Logan's many vacant and abandoned
properties.    Based  upon these  observations,   a  senior advisor working  out of the  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's Border Office in San  Diego, who has since retired, sought
an  opportunity  to  help meld  the  many  positive  Barrio  Logan initiatives  into  a  more
comprehensive community development approach.

       In early 2000, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) official applied to have Barrio
Logan designated as a national Environmental Justice Pilot Project, sponsored by the federal
Interagency Working Group (IWG)  on  Environmental Justice, hoping  that this effort would
provide a forum for all the efforts  underway in Barrio   Logan to come  together and bring
additional resources and national attention to the community.  In May 2000,  the IWG selected
Barrio Logan to be one of the  fifteen national pilot projects.  Following this, the  EPA official
asked the  Environmental Health Coalition (EHC), an organization with a strong tradition of
working with  the Barrio  Logan  community, to serve with EPA as the  project co-lead.   EHC,
however, was not quick to accept, concerned that participation in such a collaborative approach
would curtail  the  organization's ability to participate in certain activities, such as community
demonstrations, and ultimately limit  its authority to advocate for the Barrio Logan community.
Despite these reservations, EHC determined that the pilot project's potential to bring additional
resources to the community outweighed the organization's initial concerns.

       After agreeing to share leadership roles, EPA and  EHC began developing a strategy to
bring  the  organizations  such  as  local  industries,  businesses,  government agencies and
community  groups together and build  a  collaborative partnership.  The pre-planning  team
realized that this would  be a  difficult endeavor since several potential  members would find it
difficult to work in concert due to  past or present disputes, some involving litigation.   For
instance, several organizations,  agencies, and industries  have differing perspectives regarding
the validity of data collected from local air monitoring stations and whether those results suggest
that the local population suffers  from disproportionately greater exposure to air emissions than
other comparable groups. Recognizing the difficulties, EPA and EHC made the decision to hire
a professional facilitator to help  guide the collaborative process*  One was selected with prior
experience  working in the Barrio Logan community,  and over the next  several  months,  EPA,
EHC and the facilitator began  framing the focus of the partnership and determining how best to
build an effective partnership.

       In November 2000, EPA  and  EHC  held the kick-off  session  for the Barrio  Logan
Demonstration  Project.   Several organizations already working on projects in the area, whom
the pre-planning team had previously identified, attended  the session.  During the meeting, the
pre-planning team emphasized  that  the  project would  last two-years, be results-oriented, and
* The facilitator, funded by EPA, represents the company of Katz and Associates.



Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                       25

-------
       would "focus on addressing  incompatible land use  practices,  unacceptable air quality, and
       associate health impacts for the residents of Barrio Logan."60 Due to the interest expressed by
       organizations in attendance, the  pre-planning team chose to continue the partnership building
       process and formally  request that all interested organizations apply to join  the Barrio Logan
       Demonstration  Project,61  even  those  previously  identified.    No  organization  would  be
       guaranteed acceptance into the partnership.  In January 2001, EPA and  EHC made this request
       in a letter sent to potential partners. An excerpt is included in the box below:
                      Excerpt from EHC & EPA Letter Asking Potential Partners to
                       Consider Joining the Barrio Logan Demonstration Project
             This letter is to solicit your organization's interest in being a partner in this Demonstration
        Project and to outline the criteria for being invited as a  partner.  We are  looking for a diverse
        group of partners, including federal, state, and local  governments, business and  industry,
        academic institutions,   social  justice  groups,  health  promotion  and  community-based
        organizations.  Based on the interest expressed at the  first meeting and  since then,  we have
        set forth a process for selection of partners that will ensure that the group is as inclusive as
        possible  and is  committed to achieving common goals. We need to  emphasize  that the
        Demonstration Project  is not  an advisory group  nor  a discussion group,  it  is  a working
        partnership with people committed to solving problems in Barrio Logan.

       Figure 5. Excerpt from EHC & EPA Letter Asking Potential Partners to Consider Joining the Barrio Logan
       Demonstration Project
             Included in the letter were four questions designed to enable the pre-planning team  to
       better determine whether interested recipients would be asked to participate in a partnering
       session to be  held at the end of January. The questions are listed below.62
                      Excerpt from EHC & EPA Letter Asking Potential Partners to
                          Justify Why They Would Make an Effective Partner
           1.   Does your organization agree with the problem and goal statements on the attached
               sheet? (All project partners must fundamentally agree with these statements in order to
               participate in the project)

           2.   What is your organization's primary interest and/or priority for this project?

           3.   What value (resources or technical assistance) will your organization add to this effort?

           4.   Who will serve as your organization's representative? Please provide his/her name and
               contact information.

       Figure 6. Excerpt from EHC & EPA Letter Asking Potential Partners to Justify Why They Would Make an Effective
       Partner
             After receiving application letters and making decisions about who should be asked  to
       participate, the partnering session, hosted by the Mercado Tenants Association in Barrio Logan,
       was held.  The Association provided meeting space, language translation,  and information  to
       Barrio Logan  residents affected by the demonstration project.   The  "One-Day  Partnering
       Workshop" focused on outlining  roles, responsibilities, partnership obligations and planned and
       potential partnership  activities.63  Furthermore, the  workshop  gave  potential partners an
       opportunity to shape the  Partnering Agreement, a  draft document crafted by the pre-planning
26     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
team that was designed to create an arena of respect where partners could communicate and
work together as equals.

       Specifically, the Partnering Agreement provided background on the project and outlined
key problem and goal statements for the project, and roles for both the project leads and project
partners necessary to achieve project goals. The key problem and goal statements are included
in the table below.64
                          Key Problem and Goal Statements
                  Outlined in the Barrio Logan Partnering Agreement
                     Problem
 Emissions  of  air  pollution  and toxins from  local
 industries, small businesses, automobiles, and diesel
 vehicles  in Barrio  Logan and Logan  Heights pose
 unacceptable health risks to local residents.
Reduce exposure of residents to air
pollution.
 Incompatible land use in zoning in Barrio Logan and
 Logan Heights exposes residents to increased risks
 of hazardous materials accidents and health impacts
 from air toxic emissions.
Reduce incompatible land  uses
Barrio Logan and Logan Heights.
in
 Children's health is a concern for local residents due
 to ambient environmental factors as well as  risks
 within the home  and schools such  as lead-based
 paint and other sources of indoor air pollutants.
Improve    children's    health    by
improving the ambient environment,
as  well  as  reducing  exposure  of
children  to  health  risks within  the
home, schools, and the community.
Figure 7. Key Problem and Goal Statements Outlined in the Barrio Logan Partnering Agreement


       Roles of the project  leads, as  outlined  in  the  Partnering Agreement, included  (1)
providing meeting notes; (2) maintaining the project web site; (3) complying with evaluation and
reporting requirements of the  demonstration project;  (4) coordinating funding requests; and (5)
preparing meeting summaries. Some of the roles of the partners included (1) staying committed
to project success;  (2) sharing data and information to assist partners  and help the overall
project meet its goals; (3) coordinating activities that could  potentially complement or conflict
with each other; (4)  identifying obstacles to achieving project goals and developing solutions to
overcome them; and (5) thinking creatively about  how partners can collaboratively make a
difference in the health and wellbeing of the Barrio Logan community.65  In addition to describing
the goals and roles,  the Partnering Agreement also outlined several steps that would be taken in
the event of disagreements between partners.  The section describing these steps is included in
the box below.66
Barrio Logan Partnership
                                        27

-------
                 Excerpt from the Barrio Logan Partnering Agreement describing the
                              Partnership's Conflict Resolution Process
       In the course of partnership activities, disagreements will inevitably arise regarding whether a
       course of action should or should not be taken.  The Partners agree to work in a collaborative
       fashion and to facilitate consensus on these issues whenever possible. If consensus cannot be
       reached, the Partners agree to  use mediation to attempt to reach a resolution.   Further, the
       Partners agree  they will attempt to resolve the disagreement expeditiously and constructively to
       benefit Project  goals.   In the event of an impasse, the co-leads shall be the final decision
       makers, carefully weighing the consequences of any decision to take action where there is a
       lack of consensus. If the co-leads cannot agree, then the action in question would not be taken.
       In any event, individual Partners cannot be compelled to participate in an action to which they
       do not agree.   Individual Partners  may also abstain  from participation in a decision when they
       believe it would be inappropriate for them to do so.

       Figure 8. Excerpt from the Barrio Logan Partnering Agreement describing the Partnership's Conflict Resolution
       Process
              Following     the     partnering
       workshop,  each  potential  partner  was
       required, as a condition  of participation
       in   the   partnership,   to   agree   to
       statements put forth  in  the  Partnering
       Agreement.  By signing  the  document,
       partners  were  expected  to  show  that
       they could look beyond the past,  and
       "work  together  to  demonstrate   how
       agencies  and communities working  in
       concert   can    achieve   meaningful
       improvements  in  public  health   for
       communities such as Barrio Logan."67  A
       diverse collection of partners ultimately
       signed the agreement.  These included
       eighteen representatives from  the  city,
       county state, and federal  government,
       community-based         organizations,
       industry,    a   business   association,
       environmental and public health groups,
       and the San Diego Port District.  Several
       organizations  decided they  could not
       agree  with  or  sign   the   Partnering
       Agreement.  Representatives  of these
       groups, however, were allowed to attend
       subsequent meetings and participate as
       observers.          These     included
       representatives from a local college, the
       San Diego School District, and offices of
       local  and  U.S.  politicians. The list  of
       organizations is included in Figure 10.
                                         Active
                                         American Lung Association
                                         California Air Resources Board
                                         California Department of Transportation
                                         California Environmental Protection Agency
                                         City of San Diego-Traffic Division
                                         Environmental Health Coalition
                                         Inner City Business Association
                                         Katz and Associates
                                         MAAC Project
                                         National Steel and Shipbuilding Company
                                         Mercado Tenant's Association
                                         National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
                                         San Diego City Attorney's Office
                                         San Diego Housing Commission
                                         San Diego Unified Port District
                                         South West Marine, Inc.
                                         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                         U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development

                                         Observers
                                         Barrio Logan College Institute
                                         City of San Diego Redevelopment Agency
                                         Congressman's  Bob Filner's Office
                                         County of San Diego
                                         County of San Diego Health and Human Services
                                         Mayor Dick Murphy's Office
                                         Private Citizen
                                         San Diego City Councilmember Inzunza's Office
                                         San Diego Air Pollution Control District
                                         San Diego Unified School District
                                         Supervisor Greg Cox's Office
                                       Figure 9. Barrio Logan Partnership's Partners and Observers
28
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       Regular  partnership working  sessions began in March 2001.   Sessions  were held
approximately once per month on a weekday and typically lasted around three hours.  Sessions
included (1) presentations by non-partners on various local initiatives that could impact Barrio
Logan and partnership activities,  (2) facilitated discussions between partners  about different
activities already underway in Barrio Logan and existing resources partners could provide that
could benefit Barrio Logan, and (3) opportunities for partnership work groups to strategize and
report out to the larger group their progress. As described in the Partnering Agreement, the
Partnership decision making process was based upon consensus.  In  addition, to ensure that all
would be heard, the facilitator typically tried to bring both majority and minority opinions into the
discussion. Very few topics discussed provoked strong disagreement across parties.

       At the close of  the  March 2001 meeting, partners agreed to develop three work groups
that would each focus on one of the goals identified in the Partnership Agreement68.  During the
next meeting, partners organized themselves into three work  groups:  Land Use,  Children's
Health,  and Air  Quality.  The organizations  participating in each  work group are listed in the
figure below.69
                      Initial Barrio Logan Partnership Work Groups
                     	and Participating Organizations	
            Air Quality Work Group
  National Steel and Shipbuilding Company
  San Diego Air Pollution Control District
  San Diego City Attorney's Office
  California Air Resources Board
  California Department of Transportation
  San Diego Unified Port District
  California Office of Environmental Health
   Hazard Assessment
  Environmental Health Coalition
      Children's Health Work Group
American Lung Association
San Diego Housing Commission
San Diego Vacant Properties Coordinator
Mercado Apartments
San Diego County Department of
 Environmental Health
California Air Resources Board
                                                        Land Use Work Group
                                               Cal/EPA Dept of Toxic Substances Control
                                               Cal/EPA Environmental Justice Program
                                               Inner City Business Association
                                               Environmental Health Coalition
Figure 10. Initial Barrio Logan Partnering Work Groups and Participating Organizations


       Each work group was then asked to discuss among participants three main questions
that would help organize them. The questions are listed in the box below:70
Barrio Logan Partnership
                                               29

-------
                 Organizing Questions for the Barrio Logan Partnership Work Groups
           1.   Given the goal statement of your work group, brainstorm what an ideal wellness state
               would be for the community of Barrio Logan. What will success look like after achieving
               improvements in air quality/children's health/or land use planning?

           2.   Looking  at current and future resources/programs identified for Barrio Logan, where do
               you see  gaps?

           3.   What kind  of initiatives or programs that currently do not exist, might begin to address
               the gaps identified above?
       Figure 11. Organizing Questions for the Barrio Logan Partnership Work Groups


              Each work group developed a series of responses for each question that was recorded
       on flip sheets.  The facilitator then used these responses as a discussion point to help direct the
       work groups towards specific tasks they could work on. A representative from EHC then agreed
       to help combine the discussions of each work group into one matrix that would enable them to
       further identify priority action  items  and collaborative opportunities.   This matrix was  then
       discussed at the following May 2001 meeting. A sample of this matrix is presented below.71
Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project
Goals, Objectives and Solutions Matrix (Sample)
GOALS
OBJECTIVES
SOLUTIONS
Political Will
Community Power
Stronger Regs &
Enforcement
Revise community
plan & zoning
Pollution Prevention
Public Awareness
Transportation
System
Low interest loans &
tax incentives
Healthy Homes
Program
Research & Data
Collection
REDUCE AIR
POLLUTION
Fuller compliance
with air regs











IMPROVE CHILDREN'S
HEALTH
No exposure to indoor
pollutants and lead











REDUCE INCOMPATIBLE
LAND USES
No polluters near resident











       Figure 12. Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project Goals, Objectives and Solutions Matrix
       (Sample)

              Although the process was straightforward, partners experienced difficulties in prioritizing
       actions. Several factors may have slowed this process, including lack of partnership funding,
       lack  of an  effective  partnership model  about the most  appropriate actions to take, lack of
       commitment from individual partners,  and the inability of some participants to speak on behalf of
       their respective organizations.  In addition, the partnership co-lead representing EPA retired in
       the  summer of 2001, creating temporary uncertainty for  the  other  partners about  EPA's
30
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
leadership commitment while the agency secured a replacement.  Nevertheless, the facilitator
and  partnership leaders worked to keep everyone on  track.   By May 2001,  a sprit of
collaboration had developed between the different parties and a foundation for partnering had
been built, evidenced by the sharing of meals during regular meetings.§ 72  The partners have
since continued  to meet. An initiative that grew out of cooperation  between two very distinct
organizations starting in the late spring of 2000 had transformed into a genuine partnership
representing several  organizations  by the spring  of 2001.   Some factors  that  may  have
contributed to this initial success may have included  use of an effective partnership design, use
of a skilled facilitator, leadership displayed by several organizations, a continued belief that the
issues identified needed  to be addressed,  mutual recognition  of the benefits  of regular
information sharing, and a shared belief that the partnership was moving in the right direction.
The evolution of the Barrio Logan partnership is depicted in the graphic below.
                      Evolution of the Barrio Logan Partnership
   May 2000
May 2001
  F = Facilitator
Figure 13. EPA Representation of the Evolution of the Barrio Logan Partnership

Partnership Activities

       By October 2001, the partnership was still undergoing a process of determining which
actions should be taken to help the partnership reach the three main goals. Nonetheless, even
to this point, the partnership had engaged in activities that would help the partnership members
realize their goals.   For example, the partnership  had  identified  partners that  many in the
partnership had not previously known, including the Inner City  Business Association and the
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).73  Second, several  partners had
been actively involved in the solicitation of resources to  benefit Barrio Logan residents.  For
instance, as of May 2001, four partners (EHC, the City of San Diego, MAAC Project, and HUD),
were working together to obtain a Lead Hazard Control Grant that would provide  Barrio Logan
with $1  million to remedy lead-contaminated soil and dust in homes.74  In addition to securing
funding  through grants, several  persons were contributing  varying portions of  their  staff or
volunteering to support the project.

      The following sections primarily describe interviewees' responses to questions gathered
from interviews conducted by EPAs  Office  of  Policy, Economics, and Innovation during the
week of October 8-12, 2001.  The  sections  focus on  interviewees' impressions  regarding
measuring  partnership success,  identifying successes  and challenges,  recommendations for
§ Meetings are held at The Mercado or at the Logan Heights Police Department. Meetings are generally held during
the day; however, as of October 2001, the partnership was considering changing the meeting time to boost
participation from community residents.
Barrio Logan Partnership
                    31

-------
       improving the partnership, overall value of the partnership, and the value of federal involvement
       in the partnership.

       Measuring Partnership Success

             As of October 2001, the partnership had not developed a framework for measuring the
       overall success of the partnership in meeting the three goals.  However, the three  goals agreed
       upon by the partners should serve as a critical basis from which the partnership can begin
       assessing partnership progress and success once activities are decided upon and implemented.
       Further,  when asked how the  partners might determine success, the fourteen  interviewees
       addressing  this  topic had several suggestions—some focusing on  general  measurement
       considerations, and  others focusing on specific indicators to measure.  Regarding  general
       considerations, three interviewees  urged the need to be specific about what gets  measured.
       For instance, one remarked that any  measurement must focus on what the partnership can
       accomplish.  Regarding the type of data that should be collected-quantitative or qualitative—
       one interviewee recommended that quantitative data be collected - through pre- and post-tests.
       Another, however, cautioned the use  of quantitative data, suggesting that it may result in
       harmful disputes between partners.

              Specific indicators recommended for measurement focused on such topics as public
       health  improvement,  community  improvement (e.g.,  quality  of   life),  and  community
       empowerment.  Suggestions for public health indicators included the extent to which schools in
       the area participate  in the Open Airways and  Tools for Schools programs and the extent to
       which trucks are  re-routed or some people are relocated away  from truck routes.   However,
       another interviewee recommended that the rerouting of trucks not be considered an indicator of
       project success.  Suggestions for community improvement indicators centered mainly on the
       extent to which the partnership results in a better quality  of life for the community.  Suggestions
       for community empowerment indicators included the extent to which the community becomes
       part of partnership solutions, the number of community plans adopted by the city government,
       and the extent to which community residents take ownership over the partnership.

       Partnership Successes

             When asked if partners were satisfied with their  ability  to participate in the project
       decision-making process, twelve  of the twelve interviewees who  addressed  the question
       responded positively. One noted that the process has given everyone a voice, and another
       remarked that she/he actually looks forward to the meetings.  Three  interviewees, however,
       qualified their remarks. Two noted that no major decisions had  been made yet, and another
       remarked that while the process has been fine so far, it  was still too early on in the process to
       genuinely judge.

             Regarding whether interviewees  were  satisfied to the extent issues most important to
       them and their organizations were  being addressed  by the  partnership, most indicated they
       were satisfied; however several qualified their remarks.  Five out the eleven who addressed the
       question said yes, without providing any qualifying remarks. For instance, one mentioned that
       the partners "are talking about safety, housing, trucks, and all the things that are important to
       the community."  Two additional interviewees indicated that  their issues were being addressed,
       but only to a limited extent. For example, one remarked that the zoning issues were not being
       addressed to the extent they should be.  Two interviewees were less satisfied—one noting it
       was too early to tell, and another stating  that his/her  issues had not yet  been addressed.
       Another flatly stated that his/her issues were not being addressed.  Finally, one interviewee
32     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
remarked that his/her organization did not join the process to address a particular issue, rather,
they joined to "participate in the process... [and] do [their] share."

       When asked about the outcomes, or results, of the partner activities for addressing the
main  issues  of  the  affected community,  not surprisingly seven of the ten addressing this
question remarked that it was too early to tell.**   For instance, one  interviewee remarked that
the partnership was still  identifying problems.  However, four interviewees indicated  that the
partnership is already having  a positive impact for the affected  community.  These  include:
agencies becoming more familiar with each other; enhancement of community pride; community
empowerment; the highlighting of important health issues in the affected community;  and a
more coordinated community development.  Even some who indicated it was too early  to judge
the outcomes of the partnership activities, later noted some positive outcomes.  For example,
one  noted that  bringing these organizations together has resulted  in  a  greater  rate  of
accomplishment.

       When asked whether interviewees were satisfied with the outcomes of partner activities,
nine of the eleven addressing this question indicated that they were satisfied.   One indicated
that she/he was  very,  very satisfied.  Another  indicated that the  partnership  had produced
positive dialogue  and relationship building.  Two  indicated they were satisfied but would  like to
see more tangible efforts being made to assist the community. Two others who were  satisfied
also explained that the process was slow,  with one noting that this was  to be expected.   The
one interviewee who was unsatisfied remarked that the process was moving too slowly. A final
interviewee provided an ambiguous response.

       When  asked what  has been their  greatest success thus  far,  nine of the  fourteen
interviewees  addressing  this question referenced the partnership  itself.   For instance, one
interviewee stressed that the  partnership  had  brought  diverse  groups of people together,
including some who were previously adversaries.  When asked what had been the key factors
contributing to the partnership's development, interviewees cited the  Partnering Agreement, the
facilitator, and  EHC's  and EPAs leadership   roles.   Specifically,  one  noted  that both
organizations were able to get involved without being accusatory.  Another also remarked that
the two organizations' outreach to potential  partners had been important for the partnership's
development.   This same interviewee also suggested that  another  key  factor was  the
willingness of different groups to participate in the process.

       Another interviewee  explained "the fact that people have been able to set aside what
goes  on outside  the partnership and still participate in  good faith to  bring results to  Barrio
Logan" was  a  critical  success.  Reasons  for  this  success include  obtaining  partnership
agreement on the goals, the partnering session, the Partnering Agreement, and the absence of
participants that could harm  the process. Finally, one interviewee  cited the partnership's  ability
to keep the partnership's diverse members interested  and  talking  with one  another as the
partnership's  greatest success.  In addition, three remarked that it was still too early to tell what
the partnership's greatest success was.

       Interviewees were also asked whether the  organizational styles and procedures  of the
different  partner organizations  limited effective collaboration  between  partners.  Participants
rarely  pointed to  specific problematic organizational styles.  Instead interviewees commented
primarily on inter-group dynamics.  Three interviewees explained that there seemed to be a
 During the interview process, interviewees were asked questions about both the outcomes of partner activities, and
the impact of activities for the affected communities. From the responses, it was clear that most interviewees viewed
the partnership activities in terms of outcomes, not impact. Therefore, the term outcome is used throughout this
discussion.
Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                        33

-------
       strong willingness  to work together within the partnership.   For instance  one stated that
       "everybody adopted the can-do attitude and they knew that they had different opinions and tried
       not to let this interfere with how these groups  approached [the partnership]."  Two additional
       interviewees indicated, however, that, despite a willingness to work together, some barriers still
       existed.  For example, one explained that industry participants have a different decision-making
       style than EHC, whose style is  more "community inclusive."n  Two  others mentioned that
       potential partners that would have found it difficult to participate chose not to sign the Partnering
       Agreement.  However, one of these same interviewees indicated that it was too early to truly tell
       if barriers between partners  would arise.   Similarly, another remarked  that  conflict  might
       certainly occur in the future, as does with all large groups; however, she/he further indicated that
       this  could be constructive.  In addition, two interviewees were concerned  about the motives
       behind some groups' participation, and one was concerned about not being able to enroll the Air
       Pollution Control District as a partner.

             Nine  of  the fourteen  interviewees  who  addressed existing  organizational barriers
       between partners referenced the facilitator as a main reason for enabling partnership members
       to work together. One interviewee noted that the facilitator fostered a "let's work together" spirit
       amongst the partners.  Another noted that "without [the facilitator] this group would not be able
       to exist."  Of the four not referencing the facilitator, three specifically referenced the Partnering
       Agreement as an important tool for enabling the different organizations  to work together. One
       interviewee did  remark, however, that to improve  collaboration, a more  active facilitator was
       needed.

       Partnership Challenges

             When asked  about  the  greatest  challenges facing   the  partnership,  interviewees
       produced a variety of responses.  Four of the fourteen who addressed the question indicated
       that agreeing to and then implementing actions to  address the goals is the partnership's most
       significant challenge.  Similarly,  one interviewee  noted that  the  biggest  obstacle is simply
       accomplishing a tangible activity.  She/he went on to say  that the partnership  "was trying  to
       jump too far", instead of taking calculated steps. Further, the interviewee expressed frustration
       at the partnership's desire to  address issues that  she/he felt could not be accomplished in a
       short term such as the re-routing of trucks.  A set  of interviewees cited the partnership's slow
       nature as a major obstacle. For instance, one noted this presented  a problem since partners
       must answer to their organizations, which  represent  different  goals  and interests,  and justify
       their time committed to  the partnership.  Another cited the  partnership's lack  of a mandate  or
       enforcement authority as an obstacle.  To overcome this, she/he suggested getting the Mayor
       and  city  government  more  involved  in  the process.   Other  difficulties  cited  included:
       "synchronizing"  participants so that they share a  common base of  understanding about the
       issues of concern; deciding how to relocate businesses away from residences  and businesses;
       keeping   key decision  makers involved  in the  partnership;  ensuring  greater community
       engagement in  partnership planning  and implementation;  a need for  funding,  especially  for
       mailing, coordination, and translation activities;  trust issues; and developing and implementing
       initiatives through a group consisting of volunteers.

       Interviewee's Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

             When interviewees were asked how the partnership could be improved, six of the twelve
       addressing the  question recommended that the community be more involved  in partnership
       ft This interviewee did note, however, that the facilitator developed a decision-making process that addressed these
       concerns.
34     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
activities.  Some interviewees were not convinced that the residents have enough information
about the partnership and what the partnership is trying to accomplish. Further, although these
interviewees believed they were working to improve the quality of life for the residents of Barrio
Logan, they felt that residents should be more involved in how that happens. One interviewee
remarked that "the community is not involved as much  because they have not been asked.
However, if asked, they will help." To obtain greater participation, one interviewee suggested
hosting partnership meetings at churches and the Barrio  College, and at times when residents
can more easily attend.  Another interviewee recommended that partnership members go out
into the community, visiting residents and companies in  order to better understand what their
concerns are.   She/he concluded by  stating  that "sometimes [the partnership's] views are
different from the people  that live here." Directly related to community involvement, another
interviewee recommended that the partnership make greater use of simultaneous translation in
partnership meetings, because without it, some residents are excluded.

       Four interviewees stressed the need to engage in  activities that will produce real results.
For instance, one  urged  the partnership to "pick a  goal that will lead to tangible change."
Closely  associated with  this recommendation, one   interviewee  recommended that  the
partnership develop a workplan. Closely related to this recommendation, another urged that the
partnership meet more frequently to ensure that partnership initiatives are planned.

      A group of comments  related to organizational  structure and representation.   Three
interviewees  recommended  that  the  partnership  be  divided  into  sub-groups  to  improve
partnership efficiency. Another recommended that  partners be  re-evaluated,  particularly  to
better understand those that are active.  Further, she/he added that the partnership should
identify a clear leader, noting that "you can play a  football  game without a lineman, but you can't
play football without a quarterback."   In addition, two argued that the partnership needed the
support of the City, and another added that the partnership needed members "with the authority
to participate."   Additional  recommendations  included:  using  a more  aggressive facilitator;
obtaining a letter from  U.S. EPA's Administrator recognizing the Barrio Logan partners for their
work in the area; encouraging partners to make more resources and educational opportunities
available to the community; hosting a community health fair; and securing more funding for the
partnership.

Interviewee's Recommendations for Other Communities

      Twelve interviewees  offered  suggestions for other communities  interested in using
collaborative partnerships  to  address  environmental justice  issues.  One set of comments
focused on building the partnership.  Four comments encouraged partnership builders to focus
on  community  involvement  in  the  partnership's  formative stages.    Specifically,  two
recommended that the community should be brought into join the partnership first.  One of these
recommended that the community be  allowed  to define the  problems and  be involved  in
decision making.  Four additional comments recommended locating potential partners who are
leaders  and/or action oriented, with one  directly urging partnerships to screen out those
potential partners who are not inclined to participate. As stated by one interviewee:

      Get as many people to the table  as possible  - the  key players.   Do
      whatever it  takes to get the key players.  Have some public notices.  Let
      them know there's a group out there  and they are  looking for input. Get the
      elected  representatives at  the  table-the  council,   the  city  planning
       [department], the state and city representatives. Getting these  folks in and
       partnering.  You need the political will.  Need power to make changes. Get
Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                      35

-------
             as many  interested  partners as possible—people that  can actually do
             something.

       Other recommendations regarding this topic included identifying partners that would be affected;
       ensuring  that a  full  spectrum  of  stakeholders are  involved;  and  encouraging  as  many
       organizations as possible to participate.

             A second  set of comments focused on how to create a genuine collaborative process.
       Two interviewees recommended using a partnering agreement. According to one, a partnering
       agreement helps to remove conflict.  Similarly, one recommended making sure that all partners
       start  from the "same page" and  another recommended obtaining "buy-in" from all partners.
       Related, another interviewee recommended that a facilitator skilled in conflict  resolution be
       brought in to guide the process after a thorough community assessment has been performed to
       help define  the problems the partnership will address.   Further, one interviewee stressed the
       need to "get people involved in a positive way from the beginning" and avoid bringing up history.

             Once a partnership has  been  brought together, one  interviewee stressed that it is
       important to obtain  specific commitments from partners.  Another recommended that partners
       develop realistic expectations about what each of the participating organizations can do, noting
       explicitly that "resources these groups may bring may not be funding." Other recommendations
       included having  patience, focusing  on achievable goals  since it  is very important to see
       identifiable change in community, and providing resources for translation.

             A final set of comments stressed the need for partnerships to incorporate a mechanism
       that will  truly empower them.  One interviewee remarked that  partnerships such as Barrio
       Logan's lack power.  To boost the power of a partnership, one recommended building alliances
       with local planning bodies, noting that local  officials don't often go against the wishes of local
       planning bodies.  A second suggested that for partnerships to have  genuine power, they may
       need to be built using a top-down approach.

       Value of the Collaborative Partnership

             When asked about the value  of the collaborative process used by the partnership,  of the
       fourteen addressing the question, nine remarked that  the collaborative  process had added
       value, three indicated that it was too  early to tell, and one remarked that she/he could not speak
       on behalf of the community.  Five interviewees explicitly referenced information  sharing.  The
       information shared by the partners is not only seen as a resource, as in the sharing of expertise,
       it  also  enables  more  effective  partnership  planning.    For instance,  one remarked that
       involvement in the partnership has  required agencies to reveal where they stand publicly on
       different issues.  Further, another interviewee suggested that the partnership allows the partners
       and the community to understand what  each agency can and cannot do, to see their areas of
       expertise and their limitations.  Additionally, she/he added that many of the agencies, such as
       the planning department, the air district,  and CALTRAN, seem to be natural partners,  and  sitting
       at the same table allows them to see how they can work together.  The process of seeing how
       different groups can work together, "leaves the participants empowered."

             Two interviewees noted that having the representatives from the different organizations
       leave their offices to physically view  this community and  understand the needs of the residents
       has been  very  valuable.   According  to one,  this  would not have happened without the
       partnership. Further, this same interviewee added that this  process of interacting with different
       groups  in the community would result  in the breakdown of negative stereotypes surrounding
       small businesses.
36     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       Two other interviewees cited the ability of the partnership to create change as its main
value.  One stated that the value has come from the partnership's ability to engage those that
have the ability and authority to make changes to benefit the Barrio Logan community.  Another
indicated that although she/he can't prove it yet,

       the value [of the partnership]  is we've set the stage and foundation of
       synergizing for addressing  the community issues. [The partnership] in a
       position to affect some changes with the city or city council that will have
       some  long-range impacts in the community.  Some resources have come
       the communities' way and if they can focus their  energies they could get
       more.  They can leverage this partnership to get more.

Additional  value of the  partnership cited by some interviewees includes: the securing of some
additional  resources  for the  community; the potential  to  leverage more resources; and  a
reduction in duplication of resources.

       When asked  if they thought the Barrio  Logan  community  could  use  this  same
collaborative process to address similar problems in the future, seven of the thirteen addressing
the question said yes, two said no, and four said they didn't know.  For those responding yes,
four remarked that strong leadership would be needed to make the process  work, particularly
local leadership.  For those  responding that they did not know, one interviewee remarked that
the partnership might leave  a core group in place.  Another remarked that this type of process
would only be used in the future if the Barrio Logan partnership produces tangible results.  For
those responding no, one interviewee voiced a concern that the current partnership would end if
EPA and EHC were to leave the process.  Further, she/he indicated that it would be very hard to
pull a community coalition together. The other interviewee indicated that this process would not
be  used again because the community has  not been effectively involved.   However, she/he
qualified her remark noting that if the community was brought into this process, the partnership
could become an important conduit for change.

        When asked  whether the main issues  affecting Barrio  Logan would  have been
addressed without the use of a collaborative approach, responses were very mixed.  Of the ten
who addressed the question, two indicated yes, two indicated somewhat, two indicated probably
not, three indicated unclear, and one indicated no.   Of those indicating yes, one remarked that
different agencies  would address  the issues; the  other mentioned, similarly, that the issues
would be dealt with through a piecemeal approach.  The  interviewee  noting that the issues
probably would  not have been dealt with mentioned that the issues would have  either been
addressed contentiously or  not at all.  The interviewee  indicating that issues would not have
been  dealt with remarked that any attempt to address them would  have been too fragmented
and resulted in too  many disputes.

Value of Federal Involvement In the Partnership

       When asked what was the effect of having federal partners participate in the partnership,
eleven of the fourteen interviewees addressing the question indicated that federal involvement
did, indeed, add value; two were unclear; and one indicated that federal  partners did not provide
value, except for name recognition. Of the eleven indicating value, five  interviewees stated that
federal  partners brought credibility/legitimacy  to the project.  For instance, one remarked that
federal partners make "local entities feel more accountable, like someone outside San  Diego is
looking  at  what they are doing."   Four indicated that the federal partners have brought much
needed resources to  the  project, including the  sharing  of information.   One  non-federal
Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                      37

-------
       interviewee remarked that "the [federal government] brings a lot of resources.  The federal
       government is a very large resource.  It's up to us to utilize those resources."  Two mentioned
       that federal involvement has brought a sharp focus to the environmental justice issues in the
       area, with one noting that federal  involvement  encouraged state  and  local  governments to
       acknowledge  the  environmental  justice  issues  in  the  area.   Two  additional  interviewees
       remarked that the personal skills EPA's former senior advisor brought to the project were critical
       for project success.   In addition,  one remarked  that the fact that the partnership had federal
       partners was essential  to  one  company's participation.   Interviewees also indicated that
       involvement of federal partners would result in the partnership having a larger impact and higher
       status.  Finally, one interviewee stated that having federal partners involved was very important.

             Concerns regarding federal involvement were also raised. Two interviewees remarked
       that federal agency involvement in  the partnership discouraged some potential partners from
       joining. Another remarked that along with  federal involvement might  come expectations that
       cannot be met. A  non-federal interviewee noted that EPA's reputation could be damaged if the
       project fails.  Another interviewee remarked that federal partners have not interacted with the
       community, and the community feels that it has little say regarding federal agency  activities.  In
       addition, one noted that, although, she/he is excited by federal participation, the federal partners
       may be difficult to work with because of their bureaucracies. Finally, another interviewee noted
       that the community might not regularly distinguish between federal and state partners.

             When interviewees were asked what they thought the federal agencies gained  from the
       partnership, seven of the fourteen addressing the  question stated  that it gave them  a better
       sense of how, when, and where agencies are able to participate in communities.  For instance,
       one interviewee noted that "[b]eing there, seeing the problems these communities face, the
       struggles they  endure—they can  see firsthand how they  can  be a resource to  solving local
       problems."  Further, another noted that by  working in the community, federal partners  could be
       more effective  in how they perform their work.  Two interviewees stated that partnership has
       provided an opportunity to build relationships and be more strategic.  For instance,  one noted
       that
                    Most federal agencies are  looking  to say  'we are  partnering.'
                    They  want  to be  part  of  coalitions, joint efforts,  leveraging
                    resources,  making communities  aware  of how to  apply for
                    resources.  Clearly  they want to  be a part of things like this if they
                    have staff time to do it.

       Another noted that the partnership has enabled  relationships to develop between EPA, HUD,
       and the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS).  She/he stated that HUD
       may not have become involved in  Barrio Logan without the demonstration project, and further, it
       is unlikely  that HUD would have  encouraged the City to apply for the lead grant.  Additional
       benefits  of participating  in  the  Barrio Logan  partnership cited  by interviewees   included
       opportunities to: better understand environmental justice issues; show that federal partners are
       doing work to  address  these issues; share lessons learned with other communities; learn a
       combination of skills—both technical and social; and influence action. For the last comment, the
       non-federal interviewee  remarked that "EPA can influence action because  people  listen to
       them."

             When  asked whether federal agencies  have  been able  to  better  coordinate their
       activities as a result of their involvement in  the  Barrio  Logan partnership, of the thirteen
       addressing the question, nine didn't know, two said yes,  and two said no. Of those that didn't
       know,  one interviewee remarked  that the federal partners were probably sharing information.
       One didn't see any  coordination.   One  indicated  that the federal  partners had  kept the
38     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
partnership  informed.  And finally, one  suggested that HUD, EPA, and  NIEHS needed to
coordinate better.   For those responding yes, that federal partners were coordinating more
effectively, one federal interviewee remarked  that coordination is especially improving  in the
Barrio Logan project.  For those responding no, one interviewee remarked that she/he has not
seen the federal partners contribute substantively to the partnership.

       Interviewees were also  asked if participating federal partners had identified conflicting
requirements in their statutes or regulations that have been barriers to the success of the  Barrio
Logan  partnership.   Nine of the thirteen  interviewees addressing this  question indicated that
none had been identified.   One interviewee remarked that in the partnership's case, having
federal agencies participate actually led to a larger collaboration since federal policies typically
require  a  broad range of public  involvement.   Another remarked  that although conflicting
requirements had not been identified, working with federal bureaucracies could be burdensome.
Two indicated that some policies or approaches could limit effective collaboration.  One noted,
for instance, that  one federal partner's ability to participate is limited by its  mission.  Another
remarked  that one federal agency had an  important philosophical difference with another federal
agency  about participating in the partnership. She/he added that originally, this agency did not
want to participate, but the agency's regulations did not prevent the agency  from  participating.
The agency ultimately chose to  participate and now benefits from information sharing.

       Finally interviewees were asked what they would  recommend  federal agencies do to
best tailor their roles to participate  in collaborative processes.  Eight of the fourteen addressing
this question stated that federal partners should  provide funding.  Directly related to funding,
four suggested that federal partners should require that an evaluation component be built in to
collaborative efforts.   Three  interviewees recommended that federal partners should provide
collaborative efforts with facilitation  services.   However,  one did suggest  that requirements
should  be built into to  allow  for  facilitators to  be  removed.   Still related to funding, one
interviewee  suggested that federal agencies provide administrative support  for such items as
issue follow-up, the production of  overheads,  and organization of tours.  Another added that
translation services should be federally supported.  Also on the  topic  of funding,  one federal
interviewee  stated that most agencies have little or very few resources and limited funding; but
added that they can provide resources by  way of staff time and staff expertise.

       Five  interviewees urged federal agencies to enable communities to play key roles in the
development  and/or implementation  of  community-based partnerships.   For instance, one
recommended that partnerships/IWG demonstration projects be developed simultaneously with
the community—defining goals and  identifying problems.   Three interviewees recommended
that federal agencies allow certain  partners-either a single  partner, a single federal partner, or a
group of  partners—to take a  stronger  leadership role in these efforts.   Two  interviewees
suggested that federal partners better focus their resources to support collaborative efforts.  For
example, one suggested  that federal partners should better coordinate and plan with each other
before going into potential partnership communities.

       Interviewees also recommended that, in order to best participate in collaborative efforts,
federal agencies should: develop a mix of both social and technical skills; maintain a federal
representative  in the  partnership  location; keep federal partnership staff consistent;  use
influence to  encourage support for these  efforts at the local level;  initiate a partnership through
local government channels; be patient; be active; and send  high-ranking, personable staff to
participate.
Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                        39

-------
       Key Findings (as of October 2001)

       •   Overall the participants were satisfied with the partnership and their ability to participate in it.
          However,  several were concerned that the  partnership may lose momentum  if  it cannot
          produce tangible outputs in the very near future.

       •   Many of the participants would like to see greater attention placed on involving Barrio Logan
          residents  in the partnership  to a level the  residents feel  comfortable with. Several  are
          concerned that the issues of powerful organizations will override residents'  issues and
          concerns.

       •   Most participants agree with the decision to  use a facilitator and a Partnering Agreement.
          They feel  that these have been critical  resources,  and without them, it would be difficult to
          engage in genuine, productive partnering.

       •   Several participants agree that  use  of the collaborative process has,  or will, greatly assist
          the Barrio Logan community.  Without this process, it is doubtful that critical issues  would be
          addressed to the extent they would without the partnership.

       •   It is clear that the Barrio Logan partnership is quite passionate about its mission. The many
          and diverse partners have been able to overcome  several obstacles just to be able to sit in
          the same  room and   discuss  issues.   If the  partnership can  maintain  resources  and
          momentum, the partners should achieve their goals and leave Barrio Logan  with better air,
          housing, and overall quality of life.

       Afterword

             After interviewees had the opportunity to review the first draft of this case study,  the
       Barrio  Logan  Partnership  submitted  an  update  regarding  partnership  activities  occurring
       between October 2001 and June 2002. Since October 2001, partnership members have formed
       three  task forces,  or  subcommittees of the larger group, to  work on specified  projects in
       furtherance of the partnership goals.  The  Truck Traffic and  Diesel Reduction  Task Force is
       identifying both short- and long-term strategies for truck traffic and diesel emissions reduction in
       the community.  The Regulatory Enforcement and Pollution Prevention Task Force is targeting
       the automobile repair and  auto body industry for pollution prevention education  and regulatory
       enforcement.  Finally, the Community Planning Task Force plans to produce a "how to" manual
       to assist residents in organizing a community planning group or similar body that can address
       land use and zoning issues.75

             The Barrio  Logan  Partnership also provided  comments that were  developed at  the
       Partnership's  April 3,  2002  meeting, at which  partners were  asked about the value of  the
       Demonstration Project so far. The comments are listed below:

          •   The partnership has served as  a catalyst for  getting elected officials more involved in
              both contamination and land use planning issues.

          •   The  regular opportunity for communication among the Partners has deepened each
              other's understanding of the issues and problems.

          •   The California  Air Resources Board agreed that it stayed in the community  longer than
              would have been the case if the  partnership had not heightened their concern.  The San
              Diego Air Pollution Control  District also agreed that participation in the partnership had
40     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       focused their attention on Barrio Logan and led them to do more outreach, such as the
       newsletter.

   •   The National Steel  and  Shipbuilding  Company indicated that participation in the
       partnership had led to its engagement in several projects in Barrio Logan that it  likely
       would have not gotten involved in otherwise.

   •   Overall, the  group agreed that the Demonstration Project was very valuable, that
       positive things were occurring that would not have otherwise, and that in terms of the
       three work plans, they wanted to stay the course.76

       Finally, the Barrio  Logan Partnership explained that the City of San  Diego has started
the process of revising the zoning and community plan for Barrio Logan.  On June  12, 2002, the
Land  Use  and Housing  Committee  of  the City  Council considered whether to develop  a
workplan for revision of the zoning, community and redevelopment plans for the area.  The
partnership sent a letter to Councilmember Ralph Inzunza, the Councilmember for the area,  in
support of the elimination  of incompatible land  uses in Barrio Logan.  Four partners provided
testimony at the hearing. The matter passed unanimously.77
Barrio Logan Partnership                                                                       41

-------
                 Partners are involved because they know it is the right thing to do and they have
                 been doing it for four years.

                 It is like going from zero collaboration to a huge amount of collaboration.

                 The things important to the Navy are understanding, and identifying, issues that are
                 important to the community, which include, jobs, environmental cleanup, parking, you
                 name it.

                 [Bridges to Friendship] is trying to embrace the unique needs  of the population
                 through  community visioning.  Much work has happened in conjunction with what is
                 going on [with] the Navy Base.
                                                — Interviewees, Bridges to Friendship Partnership
       Community History*
             Washington, D.C., the capital of the United States, is bordered by the states of Maryland
       and Virginia, and divided  into four quadrants: Northwest, Northeast, Southwest and Southeast.
       The Southeast and Southwest quadrants consist of approximately 146,619+ people representing
       a variety of racial and social backgrounds.  Neighborhoods also vary ranging from upper middle
       class to low income. The Southeast quadrant is also home to the Washington Navy Yard, which
       is bordered by the Anacostia River to the south and occupies over seventy acres of space. The
       Navy Yard is surrounded by neighborhoods noted by the local press for high drug use and crime
       rates, a large unemployed population, and high numbers of welfare recipients.78

             The neighborhoods in  Southwest  and Southeast D.C. traditionally housed lower to
       middle income Caucasian and African  American working classes.79 For example, in the late
       1800's one of the first D.C. suburbs, called Uniontown, was created for the Navy Yard workers
       in Southeast  D.C.  Originally this was a "Whites-only"  settlement but  after  the  Civil  War,
       Frederick Douglas broke the exclusive covenant and many free African Americans settled in the
       area.80

             By  1920,  Southwest  and  Southeast  D.C.  were made   up  of vibrant  and diverse
       communities.   For example, Anacostia, the  section  of Southeast  D.C.  east of the Anacostia
       River, claimed a higher percentage of home ownership than any other  sections of D.C.81 The
       area was made up of thriving neighborhoods where Navy Yard employees, doctors, lawyers and
       other community  members shopped, visited movie  theaters,  and strolled  down the scenic
       Anacostia waterfront.82 Southwest D.C.  was also thriving. Although traditionally poor, the years
       between  1895 and 1930  were hailed as the neighborhood's "golden years",  characterized by
       rich cultural traditions and strong community ties.83
       * Interviews for this case study were conducted from December 2001 through March 2002. Thirteen separate
       interviews were conducted and a total of sixteen persons participated. Interviews were conducted with
       representatives of non-profit organizations, federal agencies, and local agencies.
       + Figure calculated by using (1) D.C. Office Of Planning/State Data Center's information overlaying the 2000 census
       tracts on the D.C. quadrant divisions, and (2) the 2000 U.S. Census population data.
42

-------
       However, rapid population  growth, poor zoning laws, urban renewal in selected D.C.
neighborhoods and the creation of concentrated public housing lead to a socio-economic shift in
the population of Southeast D.C. In  1967 the  National Capital Planning Commission (NCPC)
began  construction of 30,000 public  housing units in Anacostia.  Public service expansion did
not keep pace with the influx of residents to Anacostia, however, and by the 1970's "the area
schools were 83% over capacity" and there were an inadequate number of health care facilities
in the area.84  During this same time,  areas in Southwest D.C. also underwent major transitions
as neighborhoods perceived by city officials as slums were cleared, streets were widened, new
streets  and  superblocks  were constructed,  and  businesses, residents, and community
landmarks were relocated or eliminated.85

       Through the 1980s to  the late  1990s conditions in several neighborhoods throughout
Southwest and Southeast D.C. continued to deteriorate.  The area's traditional diversity could
no longer be seen, and  in Anacostia in the late  1990's the population was approximately 90
percent African American,  seven percent Caucasian, and two  percent Hispanic86.   In 1997,
Anacostia residents had  an average yearly income of $26,000 versus a  citywide average of
$40,000, and only 28 percent of  the  adult residents  had attended college compared to 52
percent of adult citywide residents87

       Recently however, conditions in Southwest and Southeast,  have taken a turn for  the
better.   In 1997, for instance, the Good Hope  Marketplace shopping center—the  largest retail
development  in Southeast D.C. in over 20 years and  one of only two supermarkets in all of
Southeast—was completed.88   Similar initiatives began in Southeast in conjunction with  the
planned redevelopment of the waterfront neighborhoods along the Anacostia River. During  the
increased revitalization  efforts  in  Southeast D.C., the Navy  Yard also began  a major
redevelopment effort. The division between the Navy Yard and the community, long symbolized
by the Yard's high brick walls, were beginning to be bridged.

       Bridge building began in 1995, when the Navy Yard was designated to serve as a major
administrative facility for the Navy,  through the  Base Realignment and Closure  Act. More than
5,000 additional military and civilian personnel were to  be relocated  at the Navy Yard over the
next several years, doubling its workforce at the time.  Furthermore, in 1996, a lawsuit filed by
the Sierra Club alleging that waste  from the Navy Yard and South East Federal Center (SEFC)
discharged into the Anacostia posed  an imminent and substantial danger to human health and
the environment. In January 1997, under EPA oversight, the Navy completed an environmental
investigation of the Washington Naval Yard facility, and in 1999, the Navy Yard was approved
for cleanup under the Superfund program.

Partnership Background

       In conjunction with any installation restoration, in this case, the Superfund cleanup
project, the Navy is  required  to establish a Restoration  Advisory Board.  The Navy  Yard's
Restoration Advisory Board began  regular meetings to inform  the community about the cleanup
procedures at the Navy Yard and  garner input directly from  surrounding residents as well as
from local community-based organizations.  Issues associated with  cleanup raised  concerns
from residents regarding area  redevelopment and the potential displacement of surrounding
community members by new Navy Yard personnel.

       The new independent development in the area, along with indications  that Navy Yard
redevelopment would spur additional development outside the base, raised concerns of many
local residents who feared that the purchase and/or restoration of deteriorating urban property
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                               43

-------
       by developers or  incoming,  middle-class or  affluent people  would eventually  result in  the
       displacement of lower-income residents.  At the same time, the Navy Yard, community-based
       organizations, federal, and city governments had begun to examine ways to respond to these
       and  other  issues,  including  concerns  about the  Navy  Yard work force  and  limitations.
       Eventually, these different groups began pooling their resources in a collective effort to revitalize
       the Navy Yard's surrounding communities by providing "wide access to economic, employment,
       and training opportunities for residents".89 This initial collaborative effort, referred to as Walls to
       Bridges, lasted less than  a year.  However, many of these same  organizations regrouped to
       form  a much stronger collaborative effort in 1998, which still operates today.

             In July 1998,  fourteen organizations  signed a  partnership agreement marking  the
       beginning of the Bridges to Friendship (B2F)  Partnership.  Admiral Christopher Weaver, who
       had recently become Commandant of the Washington Navy Yard, began to champion the B2F
       mission.  Since that  time the  B2F  Partnership has  recruited approximately 40  members,
       including six federal agencies, three city agencies, 25 community-based organizations, fourfor-
       profit organizations, and two universities.  The partnership has also received significant attention
       and  praise.   In 1998, the White House formally  recognized  the B2F Partnership  for  its
       commitment to environmental justice  and empowering community  residents.  Furthermore, in
       May 2000, the Interagency Working Group on  the Environmental Justice demonstration project
       named the B2F Partnership a national Environmental Justice demonstration project, because of
       its commitments to collaborative problem-solving.

       Partnership Process

             Upon  signing the  partnership agreement in July 1998, the 14  original B2F partner
       organizations developed an operational
       structure that consisted  of five work
       groups, a steering committee composed
       of the five  work group chairs,  and an
       executive   board   composed   of the
       original  signatories  to the partnership
       agreement.     The  Executive  Board
       designated   an  executive  director  to
       continue building partnership resources,
       conduct  overall  coordination  of the
       effort, and   provide  an  administrative
       infrastructure.   The  executive  director
       carried out his  duties with the help Of    U.S. General Services Administration
       contractor support.  A work group chair    us- Navy' Navy Dlstnct Washin9ton
Alice Hamilton Occupational Health Center
Arthur Anderson
Covenant House Washington
D.C. Department of Employment Services
Ellen Wilson Redevelopment LLC
Friendship House Association
Global Environment & Technology Foundation
U.S. Department of Agriculture, National Forest Service
U.S. Department of Interior, National Parks Service
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
U.S. Department of Labor
U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
       led each work group, whose focus was
       defined  by   direct  and  indirect  (via    Figure 14. EPA List of Original Members of the Bridges to
              ...     ,        ...   .    , ,.     Friendship Partnership
       community-based  organizations)  public
       input.  The work group chairs were originally charged with implementing activities that would
       move  the  partnership  forward to meet its goals.  The chairs of the workgroups were given
       extensive autonomy and were expected to report to the Executive Board on actions, proposed
       milestones, and needs.

             Originally the Executive Board  and the Steering  Committee met once a month,  then
       settled into a quarterly schedule.  The  Executive  Board and Steering Committee, whose roles
       have  been somewhat integrated  over time, are charged with  the tasks of maintaining the
       partnership's mission and addressing conflicts or questions brought to the B2F Partnership from
       its member  organizations.   The executive director,  David Ouderkirk,  and Admiral Weaver
44     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
typically preside  over these Executive Board/Steering Committee sessions, during which the
participating organizations voice their views about the partnership's progress.  In addition, the
executive director also updates members on the plans and activities of the various work groups.
Following Executive Board/Steering Committee sessions, session minutes are typically written-
up, distributed to  the session participants for review via electronic mail, finalized, and then made
available to all  B2F Partnership members.   In addition  to  the Executive Board/Steering
Committee  sessions, the executive director occasionally calls all members together to discuss a
critical topic, or to allow the work groups to update all partner members on their recent activities.

       Executive  Board/Steering  Committee  sessions  usually  produce  decisions  that are
agreeable to all.  This is perhaps, due, in  part, to the notion that all those participating in the
partnership want to see genuine community redevelopment in the area.  Questions raised by
partner members center more on how resources can be linked and made to fit together rather
than  on  whether  or not  something  should  be  done.   Other important reasons  for the
sustainability of the effort may include  the belief by  participating  organizations that it is in the
best interest of their own organization  to participate, consistent  and effective B2F leadership,
the fact that most participants either reside or work in or near the Southwest/Southeast D.C.
area,  and the implementation of activities that can be easily supported by partner members and
the community.  Although disagreements do arise between organizations about how  activities
should be implemented, in most instances the members make a genuine effort to work through
them. If an issue around a certain activity proves irresolvable, the issue may not be addressed
again or the concerned organizations in some instances may choose to no longer participate in
that particular activity.  According to the executive director, partners seek to reach consensus
positions on issues that most parties feel positive about and accommodating positions on issues
that generate strong reactions from a few or several organizations.  No organization, however,
has withdrawn  immediately  from B2F because  of a  conflict;  rather,  dissatisfied  partners
gradually reduce  their participation in the partnership over time.90

       Two B2F  work groups currently design and implement most of the activities for the B2F
Partnership. A work group chair is responsible for calling and facilitating work group meetings,
during which members assess existing activities and, if necessary, brainstorm, plan, and decide
how to implement new ones.  Decisions on actions to take are typically based upon the needs of
the Southeast and Southwest  D.C. communities as perceived by the work group members and
the resources that B2F members can provide.  Once a work group agrees to a plan of action,
this plan is communicated at the Executive  Board/Steering Committee meetings.  Although
technically the B2F leadership can disapprove of a work group's plan,  in most instances the
action plans are endorsed.

       As with the Executive Board/Steering Committee meetings, in  most instances little
disagreement has emerged amongst the parties within the work groups.  This is due mainly,
perhaps, to the same reasons outlined above.  In addition, the work groups are not static.  If
members recognize that their work group is no longer critical, they either discontinue  the work
group  or  transfer  the  necessary  remaining functions  to a more  active  work group.
Disagreements and challenges do arise, however.  For instance,  within the Job Training  Work
Group, disagreements centered on both the focus  and the methods to be used for the B2F job
training program.91  In addition, some work group members have shown less commitment than
others and  some have been resistant to participation by various organizations with whom they
have  had issues in the  past.   Similar to the handling of difficult topics in the Executive
Board/Steering Committee meetings, if work group members cannot resolve them, the topics
may be left avoided, or the organization voicing the concerns  may decide to leave  the work
group.
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                               45

-------
              The partnership  primarily  relies on voluntary resource commitments from its partner
       members. It also originally relied upon federal funding to support the executive director position
       and to provide contractor support for B2F activities and publications.  In October 1998, the Navy
       funded David Ouderkirk, an EPA employee under an Interagency Agreement, enabling him to
       direct  B2F  Partnership activities.    Later,  in  February  1999,  however,  the partnership
       encountered  problems  funding  its  management  infrastructure.    Federal   legal  counsel
       determined that the B2F Partnership was a "non-federal entity", prohibiting Navy personnel from
       directing  the  B2F Partnership and the use of appropriated funds for any B2F activity.  This
       decision  prohibited Ouderkirk from  directing the B2F  Partnership and  prohibited the Navy's
       contractor from working with  B2F to provide support for meeting logistics, reporting,  printing,
       web-page design and  maintenance, and  list serves.  Furthermore, in November  1999,  the
       Interagency Agreement for the executive director position had expired, and EPA found itself in
       the  position of no longer being able to loan B2F a full  time employee.  At the same time,  the
       partnership agreed that the position had to be funded by a non-federal organization due to the
       ruling of the federal lawyers.  These funding and placement issues took months to resolve and
       B2F had  its first regroup meeting in July 2000.  These various set backs greatly hampered  the
       participating  groups'  abilities to  coordinate  their  actions  and slowed the  partnership's
       momentum.  The funding problems have only temporarily been resolved.  For the time being the
       executive director position is funded by the City, but located within the federal government (U.S.
       Navy).  There are still no extra resources for administrative contractor support.

              Despite these challenges, approximately 40 organizations continue to participate in  the
       B2F Partnership and exhibit a high level of enthusiasm when working together.  Although B2F
       maintains a well-defined operational structure, the  partnership allows for a significant degree of
       organizational flexibility by design.  Organizations can participate in the partnership to gain and
       share information about resources and  opportunities that are  pertinent  to  their  work.   If
       organizations  identify a problem  or project  that  fits with  B2F's  mission and  goals,  the
       organizations then join the  partnership, providing  information, resources, and  enthusiasm.  If
       these organizations continue  to  have projects that fall in  line with  B2F's mission as well as
       resources to contribute, they become permanent partners and continue to enrich and add depth
       to  the  partnership.    If however,  their plans  no longer coincide  with  B2F's mission,  the
       organizations stop  sending representatives to B2F meetings and stop  assuming partnership
       responsibilities. A representation of the B2F Partnership is shown in the figure below.
                                            Work Groups

                                    Job Training and Career Development
                                            Youth Outreach
       Figure 15. EPA Representation of the Bridges to Friendship (B2F) Partnership, Washington, DC
46     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Partnership Goals

       As part of B2F's formal agreement, B2F developed a vision statement, mission
statement, and statement of purpose.  B2F's vision statement is described below.92
               Vision Statement of the Bridges to Friendship Partnership
     To bring about revitalized Southeast and Southwest Washington D.C. communities, to
    preserve and enhance the quality of life and the natural and cultural heritage of the area,
  Bridges to Friendship will leverage existing  resources and expertise, act as a catalyst,  create
                       new synergies, and support existing efforts.
       In order to bring about this revitalization, the B2F partnership, as described in its mission
statement, seeks to maintain "a process for organizational collaboration and delivery of services
in a positive operating environment for all of the partners to nurture trust, understanding, and a
shared vision."

       In addition to the statement of purpose, mission statement, and vision statements, B2F
has articulated five main goals.  The partnership describes these goals as follows: (1) support
the federal government's commitment to environmental justice, (2) provide  residents with job
training and the opportunity to compete for real jobs, (3) empower the community and promote
community building,  (4)  restore the  environment,  and  (5)  promote  sustainable  economic
development.93  Furthermore, each workgroup has developed  its own goals.  The Job Training
and Career Development Work Group seeks to create sustainable job  training  and  lifelong
learning opportunities in  Southeast and  Southwest D.C.  The Youth Outreach Work Group
seeks maximum participation of youths five to 25 years of age in activities and opportunities
generated by the redevelopment of the Navy Yard.  The purpose of this activity is to promote
and improve youth educational, social, and economic development.  Moreover, this work group
seeks  to  provide work  skills and training  opportunities  for youth  in the construction and
environmental industry while exposing  them to diverse  training  opportunities  through job
shadowing, internships, and job placement.

       The now discontinued Small  Business/Private  Sector Outreach Work Group,  whose
work has been absorbed to an extent  by the other by the remaining two work groups,  sought to
achieve sustainable economic development  by  creating entrepreneurial opportunities  for the
greater Southeast D.C. area.  Additionally, the group sought  to foster interaction  and support
from the private sector.   This  work  group was responsible for fostering  relationships with
contractors and potential  private sector partners.  Ultimately, the group focused on increasing
the number of quality businesses operating in  Southeast and Southwest Washington, D.C. The
now discontinued Community Outreach Work Group, whose work was also  been absorbed by
the remaining two work  groups,  sought to  broaden community awareness and interaction
beyond sub-community boundaries through an improved  environment, more-attractive urban
landscape, and increased perception of safety and trust.
Bridges to Friendship Partnership
47

-------
       Partnership Activities and Accomplishments

       The primary product of Bridges to Friendship is the process of building organizational bridges
       and fostering their use - identifying and organizing the sharing of resources and serving as a
       broker, catalyst orimplementorto reach common goals.

                                                   -Excerpt from the B2F Statement of Purpose
             The  B2F Partnership activities and accomplishments center around (1) securing  and
       leveraging resources, (2) linking Southeast and Southwest D.C. youth to local job opportunties,
       (3) and sharing  information among partner organizations and the community.  While B2F's
       partner organizations carry out many of the B2F activities, the partnership has been responsible
       for enhancing the magnitude and number of acomplishments of its partner members.  During
       the first year the B2F  Partnership  was credited by its partners with helping garner over $4
       million in grant funding. This money was distributed to individual partners, and used to help
       accomplish the goals embodied in B2F's statement of purpose, mission statement, and vision
       statements.

             As part of B2F's efforts to link  Southeast and Southwest D.C. youth to local job
       opportunities,  B2F has engaged in a number of activities.  As  of January 2002, the B2F
       Partnership's environmental job training program had graduated more then 300 students with a
       job placement rate of over 70 percent, according  to the Alice Hamilton Occupational Training
       Center, one of B2F's partners.  These students were  trained in hazardous material clean-up,
       asbestos abatement, lead  paint abatement, general construction industry safety, first aid/CPR,
       control  of  biochemical hazards in construction,  and  other  topics.   Graduates  from  the
       environmental jobs training program were involved with the cleanup activities at the World
       Trade Center, Pentagon and Brentwood Postal Facility.

             In addition to its environmental job training  program, the B2F Partnership is branching
       into other promising career fields in order to provide more opportunities for neighborhood youth.
       For instance, two B2F  partners—the  Navy Yard and  Covenant House Washington—recently
       signed a Memorandum of Understanding, signaling the start of a child care training and job
       placement focus for the B2F Partnership. In addition, B2F partners including EPA Region 3,
       Covenant House Washington,  the  Low Impact Development Center, Community Resources,
       Inc., and the Sustainable Communities Initiatives have developed a low-impact development
       training program.

             Bridges to Friendship has  also facilitated  job  shadowing,  internship,  and elementary
       school programs along  with life skills workshops.  Internships have  been provided by a number
       of federal agency partners.  For example, Covenant House Washington and the National Park
       Service implemented  Operation Challenge in 1999,  an  internship program  that provided
       summer employment opportunities for 40 community youth.   Furthermore, the  Alexandria
       Seaport Foundation has joined together with Covenant House Washington in order to  provide
       pre-apprenticeship training  for the  building  trades.  The  partnership  has also teamed with
       Starbase-Atlantis, a program designed to stimulate disadvantaged youth's interest in science,
       math, and technology development.  In addition, the partnership has collaborated to develop a
       "Pathways to Your Future" workshop that includes  a manual with different modules on personal
       development, including  such topics as writing effective resumes and giving effective interviews.

             The  B2F Partnership,  along  with  individual  members,  is  further working  towards
       reforming a  number of  federal  processes. For instance, the Navy Yard has made efforts to
48     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
refine their hiring processes in order to facilitate hiring of local residents.  In addition the B2F
Partnership has produced a document issued by Naval District Washington, entitled "Lessons
and Suggestions for Effective Community Partnering."  This document provides feedback on
opportunities to improve federally funded services.

       Moreover,  B2F has engaged  in a  number of  activities  to  facilitate the  sharing of
information between partner organizations and the community.  For instance, the partnership is
collaborating with  the Workforce Organizations for Regional Collaboration to track and make
available information regarding employment opportunties for District residents using a database.
In addition, B2F implemented "Columbia  Rising,"  a series of community dialogues whose
"purpose is to create neutral ground  for discussion among community  representatives with
diverse viewpoints on major community issues, and move toward the collaborative resolution of
those issues."94 Finally, the partnership has orchestrated a number of community meetings and
published a series of newsletters, brochures, fact sheets, and one  annual  report,  in order to
advertise B2F activities and gain community input for future activities.

       The partnership also tried to stimulate  new development in the area, particularly courting
businesses that will  provide  jobs to local residents.  The B2F Partnership  has organized
business development seminars and fairs in order to provide contracting opportunities  and
technical assistance to local businesses. The partnership has also  partnered with the Anacostia
Waterfront Initiative, a District, federal,  and community partnership, centered on revitalizing the
Anacostia waterfront and nearby  communities95.  B2F is further active  in community pride
activities,  by participating in community events and clean-up days. For instance, the Navy
regularly conducts community  cleanup days  where Admiral  Weaver along with his staff
participate alongside local residents to remove trash along the Anacostia  River and from local
neighborhoods.

       The following sections  primarily describe interviewees' responses to questions gathered
from interviews conducted by EPAs Office of Policy,  Economics, and  Innovation during from the
month of December 2001 to the month of March 2002.  The sections  focus on interviewees'
impressions regarding measuring  partnership success,  partnership success and  challenges,
recommendations for improving the partnership, overall value of the partnership, and the value
of federal involvement in the partnership.

Measuring Partnership Success

       The B2F Partnership initiated several  efforts  to monitor and evaluate the partnership to
help partners  determine success  of its activities.  Efforts were unsuccessful  due to  severe
limitations on the  administrative resources of the partners and the  partnership as  a whole.96
Despite this, B2F  partners provided several suggestions for measuring success.   Nine of the
thirteen interviewees who answered the question mentioned that counting the number of people
pre-trained, trained and placed in  a job would be one way that B2F could  measure success.
Four of thirteen specifically mentioned the D.C. Department of Employment Services-sponsored
database developed by B2F that tracks the  number of students pre-trained, trained, and placed
in jobs as a  tool that could  be used  to support this monitoring effort.  Three interviewees
suggested that counting the  number of community events and  the number of people who
attended those events would  serve as a measurement of success, with  one noting that,  for
example,  one B2F-sponsored  event  had more than  3,000  people  in  attendance.   One
interviewee noted that after a "clean up day" there is an immediate observation  of stronger
community pride, as  well as an indirect correlation  between the amount of visible community
trash  and neighborhood pride.  They suggested that this was a  measure of success. Another
interviewee mentioned the number of businesses that invest and move into the area could be a
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                               49

-------
       measure  of success.  To actually measure success, she/he noted that the B2F Partnership
       could count the number of private and public sector jobs that open up in the area.  Finally, one
       interviewee noted that another measure of success  would be the  number of residents in  the
       community that know about the B2F Partnership.

       Partnership Successes

             When  asked whether interviewees were  satisfied with their ability to participate in  the
       partnership's decision-making process, sixteen out of the sixteen indicated they were satisfied.
       As one  interviewee described it,  "effort put into  the  process  is directly proportional  to  the
       benefits  received."  However, three interviewees  mentioned that although the  involvement
       opportunities were available, their organizations were not attending as many meetings as they
       would have hoped.

             When  asked if the  issues  most important to  their organization  were adequately
       addressed,  nine  out of the  sixteen interviewees  stated that the collaboration was not only
       making a genuine effort to meet the B2F Partnership goals but that the issues most important to
       them were being addressed.  The  seven other  interviewees  were generally satisfied with
       partnership activities but qualified their statements with the following comments.   One federal
       representative cited  his/her frustration with continually needing to convince new agency deputy
       administrators about the merit of the B2F Partnership. Another mentioned that the problems of
       gentrification  and poor quality school systems  were  not being adequately addressed. Two
       interviewees mentioned that not enough jobs were available once the job training activities were
       over. Finally,  one stated that he/she "wished that B2F could measure its success."

             When  asked about the outcomes, or results, of  the partner activities for addressing  the
       main issues of the affected community, of the twelve answering the question,  six cited B2F's
       skills-building  efforts for community  residents^   For instance, one interviewee noted that six
       hundred people  have  been trained  and employed in  environmental jobs as a result of B2F
       efforts.  Similarly, one interviewee cited development of a community-based resource—the  still
       on-going  apprenticeship  center.  Two other  interviewees remarked that the partnership has
       provided the community with greater access to development opportunities.  For instance, one
       interviewee remarked that B2F  has linked local residents to local employment opportunities.
       This same interviewee further added that the partnership has prevented local residents from
       being driven out  of the area because of area redevelopment.  Another interviewee  explained
       that B2F was  having a very subtle impact for the affected community.  Finally, one interviewee
       explained that it was difficult to gauge B2F's impact, because  it lacked an appropriate baseline
       by which to measure, and another interviewee provided  an ambiguous response.

             When  asked if they were satisfied with the outcomes of partnership activities so far, five
       out of the twelve  who addressed this question answered positively. Three stated that they were
       very satisfied  with some of the  outcomes, for example, the aspects of job training, but were
       dissatisfied  with  the outcomes of other partnership activities including job placement results.
       Finally, four of the interviewees said that they would never be satisfied, but agreed that B2F was
       doing an excellent job with the resources they had.

             When  asked about  the  greatest success  of the  B2F  Partnership ten of the  fifteen
       interviewees addressing the topic cited the partnering with others and building of a network as
       f During the interview process, interviewees were asked questions about both the outcomes of partner activities, and
       the impact of activities for the affected communities. From the responses, it was clear that most interviewees viewed
       the partnership activities in terms of outcomes, not impact. Therefore, the term outcome is used throughout this
       discussion.
50     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
the greatest success.  For instance, one interviewee stated, "If you have a partnership you can
accomplish darn near everything you want to."  Four stated  that the B2F  Partnership was
fostered by equal commitment from all the partner members to the partnership goals, mutual
respect for all the  partners involved,  and good communication between the partners.  Four
interviewees believed that the B2F  Partnership decreases the  amount of duplicative activities
completed in  the communities by partnering agencies and organizations.  Three interviewees
noted that the B2F Partnership approach offers more creative ideas to resolve difficult issues.

       Eight  of  the fifteen  interviewees cited  B2F-sponsored  job  training as a  success.
Furthermore,  seven of the  twelve interviewees  cited B2F's  youth outreach  programs as an
important success.  As one interviewee stated "We (B2F) are trying to match a  person to the job
they really want." Other successes cited included: (1) community's increased  understanding of
the Navy Yard; (2) community's improved understanding that federal agencies care about what
happens  to  them;  and  (3) federal agencies' improved  understanding of the needs  of the
community.

Partnership Challenges

       When asked about the challenges  facing  the B2F Partnership nine of the  fifteen
interviewees addressing this topic cited the challenge of ensuring  sufficient funding, specifically
as it relates to administrative support. The interviewees stated  that the B2F Partnership would
benefit greatly from the establishment of an administrative support staff, however, there is no
funding currently available, and David Ouderkirk, the executive director, currently  does the
majority of the administrative work alone. One  interviewee stated that the lack of  resources
associated with the designation of the B2F Partnership as an IWG demonstration project was a
challenge since more work accompanied the demonstration  project designation.  Finally, one
interviewee said that the B2F Partnership did not establish itself as a 501(c)(3) non-profit status.
An  interviewee clarified by explaining that non-profit status would  resolve funding issues within
the partnership but it would not allow the federal employees to sit on the Executive  Board. This
would  greatly  hamper  information sharing,  a main  activity  of the partnership,  between the
community and the federal government.

       Five of the fifteen interviewed agreed that the tragic events occurring on September 11,
2001  have  affected the B2F  Partnership.  The B2F Partnership's workgroup and executive
board  meetings have  been impacted since that date.  Furthermore,  there has been  limited
civilian access to the  Navy Yard  since  that time.    Finally, two interviewees said that the
momentum that B2F had gained earlier was deflated a bit after the tragedy. Related to the
events of September 11, was the rise of unemployment in the community surrounding the Naval
Station immediately following. Some interviewees believe  B2F helped  relieve  and  improve this
situation with programs already in place.

       Four of the fifteen interviewees stated that the B2F Partnership needed to re-energize,
and regain  momentum.  For instance, one stated that the B2F Partnership moved too slowly
and needed "more  action  and less talk."  Another interviewee mentioned  that maintaining
momentum without regularly scheduled  meetings  was  difficult.  Another stated  that  if the
community's needs were not met quickly the residents' interest in the B2F Partnership would
wane.  Other difficulties cited included community outreach and partner recruitment.

       When asked if different organizational styles were barriers to partnership success seven
out of the eleven interviewees who addressed  this topic said yes.  Three  cited the federal
government's lack of ability  to fund the partnership as a barrier to success. Two interviewees
expressed  concern generated by  federal  agencies'  standard  protocol which  encourages
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                               51

-------
       regional  staff, as opposed  to headquarters staff, to take the lead in assisting in  community-
       based efforts, even when  the headquarters staff are already based  in or near the affected
       community. One interviewee stated that the historically adversarial relationship between the
       District of Columbia and the federal government made it difficult for the two to effectively work
       together.  Finally, one interview mentioned that it was impossible for federal employees to be on
       the executive board of a non-profit organization.  She/he further explained  that this barrier
       prevented  B2F from switching to a non-profit status and assuring funding.  Four interviewees,
       however, did not identify any organizational barriers,  noting, instead that B2F's main purpose
       was to work around them.

             Interviewees were also asked if there were conflicting federal regulations that limited the
       success  of the partnership.  Eleven out of the thirteen that answered the question said yes.
       Five  mentioned the federal  government's inability to neither legally finance the  executive
       director  position nor provide funds for  B2F contractual  support was  a  major barrier.  One
       interviewee mentioned a particular instance when a federal agency was not able to provide a
       grant to a non-profit  partner because of statutory restrictions.   Finally two interviewees
       mentioned that the restriction prohibiting a federal employee from participating on  a non-profit
       organization's executive board was a major barrier to B2F success.

       Interviewees' Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

             When  asked about ways  to  improve the B2F Partnership,  twelve  of  the  sixteen
       interviewees stated  that B2F would  benefit from an increase in  funding  and  resources.
       Specifically nine interviewees explained  that  increased funding  and resources to support
       administration work would significantly enhance the partnership.  Similarly, three interviewees
       mentioned that increasing administrative capacity would greatly increase the success of the B2F
       Partnership.  Along these lines, three interviewees mentioned the need for B2F to provide a set
       agenda before meetings to ensure a common basis of understanding from which to work. Seven
       recommended that the partnership establish a permanent time and location for meetings.  As
       one interviewee stated "a way to improve  this problem (scheduling conflicts)  is to establish a
       permanent meeting location and set a permanent date (e.g., the first Tuesday of  every other
       month)." She/he added that the  permanent location should be a comfortable space and have
       parking  availability.   Two  other  interviewees, concerned  about lack of all  partners' email
       capacity, recommended that the partnership only  use technology that every partner possesses
       to distribute pertinent information.

             Three  interviewees  recommended  soliciting greater direct input from the community
       before B2F-sponsored programs are initiated.  To help do this, one interviewee noted that the
       B2F Partnership should establish an ombudsman for the community.  Finally  one interviewee
       mentioned the need to continue to break down the bureaucratic barriers in the federal system as
       a way to further improve the B2F Partnership.

       Interviewees' Recommendations for Other Communities Using Partnerships

             When  asked  to provide recommendations  for other communities interested in using
       partnership approaches to address environmental justice issues,  eight of thirteen interviewees
       addressing this question suggested defining a clear vision statement and focusing on what the
       member organizations want to accomplish  in the beginning stages of the partnership formation.
       They  went on to say that it is necessary for communities to construct their partnership structure
       around this defined vision statement.  Four interviewees stated that an agency should expect to
       donate money and time.   Two expanded this by saying in  initial stages of the  partnership
       formation process, partners should require potential members to explain what  resources their
52     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
organization can supply to the partnership.  Three went on to say the partnership should be
inclusive, and open to all who want to participate with the understanding that every organization
will have something to contribute.

       Two interviewees recommended that communities using partnerships enlist the services
of a strong facilitator and coordinator. Another remarked that the partnership should account for
issues of member burnout. To avoid this she/he recommended that the member organizations
rotate  personnel  who  are the  key contacts to the partnership.     Another interviewee
recommended that the partnership stay flexible since the flexibility within the B2F Partnership is
what makes it successful.  In  addition, another interviewee cautioned other communities using
partnerships to  be aware that as the "level of expectation rises, the level of action seems to
reduce."

       Finally, two non-profit  representatives advised other non-profit organizations to avoid
expecting that entry  into a partnership will result in increased funding.   They further explained
that non-profit organizations need to understand that a  partnership, and resulting  network,
allows participating organizations to tap into a wide range of resources, only one of which may
be money.  According to the interviewee, partnerships "will yield you gains", but only if the non-
profit organization believes in the partnership as a whole.  In addition, she/he warned that non-
profit groups cannot  "circumvent the group for their own enhancement."

Value of the Collaborative Partnership

       When asked if the issues facing the affected community would have been addressed
had the B2F Partnership not been formed thirteen  of the fifteen interviewees who answered the
question stated that the issues would not have been  addressed to the same extent, if at  all.
Four remarked that the partnership model was the only way to fully address the  issues facing
the affected communities, and added that the services provided  by individual organizations
would have  been  fractured, inconsistent,  and  would not have  received as much  "buy-in" from
the community.  However, two interviewees felt that the community was empowered before the
partnership  came into  being  and,  therefore,  many issues were already being addressed.
However, one of these interviewees acknowledged that B2F enhanced and focused the groups.

       When asked about the value of addressing issues through a collaborative partnership
approach, three of  the fifteen interviewees who addressed  this topic  stated that  the B2F
Partnership provided a network of resources and contacts for support.  Four mentioned that the
partnership provided a  structure for  different  organizations to pool their individual resources.
Further, three others  stated  that this pooling of resources  and  increased communication
between individual organizations reduced the  redundancy of services provided to the affected
community.   Four interviewees said  the B2F Partnership provided an excellent  forum  where
community issues can be discussed.  One went on to say that the  partnership ensured
community  participation,  specifically  through  the  inclusion   of  non-profit  community
organizations. Two others mentioned that because all organizations were working  together, this
reduced the likelihood that one organization would take the lead within the community. Finally,
one  interviewee  mentioned  that  the collaborative  method  was a  "good  vessel for the
environmental justice campaign."

       Interviewees  were asked if the B2F Partnership could be used to address similar issues
that the community might face in the future.  Eleven of the sixteen  stated that the model could
be used for future issues.  Five thought that the collaborative model approach is  the  new way
the government should do business. Two interviewees commented that the B2F membership
has the expertise needed to cover many areas of the affected community and the uniqueness of
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                               53

-------
       this project is in its depth.  Another interviewee went so far as to say the "collaborative is the
       only way to  overcome classic bureaucratic barriers blocking good  things from happening."
       However, three interviewees were skeptical of the model.  One mentioned that the approach is
       still untested.  Another thought it was a good approach but still needed to be improved, and one
       thought that "we are too bureaucratically trained" for the collaborative model to continue to work.

       Value of Federal Involvement in the Partnership

             When  asked  about the effect  of having federal  agencies participate in  the B2F
       Partnership, thirteen of the thirteen interviewees who answered the question had positive things
       to say. Ten  stated that federal involvement  has added  credibility  to the partnership. One
       explained that federal involvement in the collaboration validated the community's concerns that
       a problem exists.   Five stated that the federal government provides resources and expertise in
       the  form  of  money,  training, outreach  programs, and  accountability  via  documentation.
       Furthermore, two of those interviewees mentioned that federal involvement  boosts community
       enthusiasm and  increases the community's  organizational  capacity.  Three of the thirteen
       interviewees  stated that federal involvement results in greater information sharing between the
       community and other organizations.

             When asked what the federal agencies gained by participating in the B2F Partnership,
       eight of the fourteen interviewees who answered stated that the  federal agencies now have a
       greater understanding of the  affected communities.  Four  clarified  by  stating  that the B2F
       Partnership allows federal agencies to  "see  who in  a community is  benefiting from their
       mandates." One said that the federal agencies "sometimes deal with policy rather than people,"
       and the collaborative  process is helping the federal agencies  better identify  ways to help
       troubled communities.   Three  interviewees stated the agency activities performed collectively
       have a greater impact on the community.  Two others mentioned  that  the collaborative process
       has helped the federal agencies identify the activities of other federal agencies in the community
       and therefore reduced redundancy of services provided.

             Four  interviewees stated that federal  employees  have  gained job satisfaction  from
       working within the B2F Partnership.  They expanded by mentioning that they  really enjoy this
       type of "hands on" work as well as the satisfaction received from  seeing newly trained youth in
       their offices everyday.  Another interviewee mentioned that the B2F Partnership has increased
       the visibility of the federal government within the affected community and that this has provided
       validation of the agencies' work within the community.  Finally one said  that the collaborative
       process allows federal employees to expand the boundaries of traditional government work.

             When  asked whether  federal agencies  have  been  better able to coordinate their
       activities  as  a  result  on their involvement in  the  B2F  Partnership, eleven out  of eleven
       interviewees  that answered responded  positively.  One interviewee stated that "every time
       agencies get together and understand how they  can relate and what  resources they  each can
       bring to the table they are  more likely to do it again." Two others said that they are "gaining
       contacts and  starting [partnership]  spin-offs."   Another interviewee,  however, remarked that
       while the partnership has increased  coordination  between agencies, it hasn't directly resulted in
       improved coordination within his agency.  Finally, one interviewee  remarked that the partnership
       had resulted in  increased  coordination  with  staff and mid-level  managers.  She/he added,
       however, that some federal  agency  managers wanted  their  agencies  to  take  credit for
       accomplishments that should be attributed to the B2F  Partnership, and  thus  the partnership,
       according to the  interviewee, could benefit from improved coordination.
54     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       Interviewees were also asked  what  federal agencies  could  do in order to better
participate within community-based partnerships.  Four out of the thirteen that  answered this
question thought it was necessary for the agency to provide the partnership with a  point of
contact, whose role would be to  represent the agency in all the partnership activities while
keeping  the  partnership's mission in  the minds  of  management.   Two of these  same
interviewees mentioned that it was very important to pick the right person for this role, stressing
that the  representative needed to be energized and  interested in the project.  Two others
mentioned providing flexibility under non-profit status regulations in order to allow the federal
representatives to the B2F Partnership to continue to participate if the B2F Partnership  officially
organized into a non-profit.

       Two  interviewees  mentioned  that federal agencies should support the collaborative
problem solving method at all levels within the member organization and structure themselves in
a way that would facilitate their participation  in partnership efforts.    Along these lines, two
interviewees  stated  that  federal  agencies  need  to  better  market  use  of collaborative
approaches.  They felt that this would  increase federal agencies' support for participation in
these efforts. Two remarked that federal agencies should understand that they  are part of the
community  as well as the needs of that community when participating in partnerships.  Two
interviewees also stated that federal agencies need to be prepared to take  risks  and be able to
cope with failure when partnering.  One of these further suggested that agencies should not be
afraid to  invite the public onto their facilities  and explain to them what role  the agency  plays in
the community.  Finally,  one  interviewee  said that work assignment rotations should be
incorporated into every government employee's job requirements in the hopes that the rotation
will allow them to see how their decisions affect the "real world." She/he  went  on to  say that
federal agencies should be given incentives to  participate in community-based partnerships.

Key Findings

•   The  collaborative  approach  used  by  the  B2F  Partnership has allowed  its  member
    organizations to better ensure that some of the most disadvantaged members of Southeast
    and Southwest D.C. communities benefit form the recent development in the area  and are
    not forced to relocate, particularly those  living near the Washington Navy Yard.   The
    majority of interviewees agreed that without the B2F Partnership it is unlikely that concerns
    of the  disadvantaged community members would  have been  considered to the  same
    extent.

•   B2F has  experienced substantial  success since  its inception  in  1998,  in leveraging
    resources,  sharing  information and resources, building  job skills  and  identifying job
    opportunities for youth. All interviewees believe that the  partnership has made a  genuine
    effort to meet the B2F Partnership goals and that the issues most important to them were
    being addressed.  The members of the B2F Partnership consider the on-going collaboration
    a success.

•   B2F would benefit  from  a  fully  funded,  executive  director  position and  increased
    administrative support to ensure that it can continue its many positive efforts thus far.
    Funding would help to coordinate the partnership, advertise the partnership's activities and
    accomplishments both within the community and amongst potential members, and ensure
    that the partnership does not lose its momentum yet again.

•  In part,  the success of the  B2F Partnership can be attributed to the strong, charismatic
   personalities involved.  For example, many interviewees stated that the partnership would
   not have enjoyed the same level  of success without the continuing effort of the executive
Bridges to Friendship Partnership                                                                55

-------
          director, David Ouderkirk, to maintain the lines of communication and act as organizer for
          the partnership.  Interviewees also mentioned the importance of Admiral Weaver, a highly
          visible champion who increased the visibility and credibility of the B2F Partnership. It should
          be mentioned, however, that the  B2F partners may  rely too heavily  upon these individuals,
          and that if they were to leave the partnership, B2F might not continue to be as effective.

          The operational structure within the B2F Partnership allows for a unique flexibility. Potential
          partners are able to come to the B2F Partnership with a proposed activity and as long as
          that activity coincides with B2F's overall goals  the partnership will expand to perform  that
          activity.  The  partnership members have a positive attitude and continuously look for ways
          they can help member organizations solve problems and attain goals rather than focusing
          on the reasons why a certain problem is impossible to solve.

           B2F continues to have the strong support of numerous and diverse partner organizations
           including federal agencies, city government, non-profit and community organizations,  and
           academic universities.

           Although many interviewees listed measures that could be used to track the success of the
           B2F Partnership, no formal measurement and evaluation system is currently in place.   It
           would benefit the partnership to  institute a system to  enable it to  more  systematically
           measure the group's progress towards achieving  its goals, better focus resources,  and
           more easily understand when to make programmatic changes.  The partnership could  also
           use  the results  of  this  measurement  system  to  more  easily  communicate  its
           accomplishments.
56     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
          4
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership
          We are struggling with past relationships and trust issues.  As long as we move as a
          group with no one individual making decisions we're ok.

          Between feds -we have varying interpretations of what [standards] the site should be
          cleaned up to...This makes [cleanup] difficult.

          The [Partnership] saves everyone time and facilitates the overall cleanup.  Saves
          everyone time, especially for the Tribe. Could be a huge value for them in the end.

          Knowing people at the other agencies has been a tremendous help. You get to know
          people in the other agencies, and you  start to  look to  them  for other project
          partnerships dealing with  other issues.
                                                    — Interviewees, Metlakatla Partnership
Community History
       Annette Island is located on the southern tip of a chain of islands in southeast Alaska
and covers approximately 200 square miles.  Mild winters, cool  summers and heavy  rainfall,
along with both flat and mountainous terrain, forest,  lakes, bogs, coastal beaches and rocky
shoreline, characterize the island.  Annette supports a range  of fish and wildlife, including
wolves, deer,  three  species  of  salmon,  and American  Bald Eagle.  In addition,  humpback
whales typically migrate alongside Annette's shorelines97

       In 1887, William Duncan, an Anglican missionary based  in British Columbia, secured
rights to an Alaskan  island for himself and a small band of Tsimshians Indians followers after
fundamental disagreements with church officials and a growing loss  of control over Tsimshian
territory to government officials and non-natives98  Mr. Duncan, along with 700 Tsimshians then
left their home in Metlakatla, British Columbia and traveled  100 miles to Annette Island.99 The
Tsimshians established New Metlakatla on the northern tip  of a major peninsula in the island's
southwest region.  Four years later, Congress formally established this and nearby surrounding
islands as a  permanent  reserve for the  Tsimshians.100  In New Metlakatla, "the Community
created for itself a life that combined the old with the new."101 Residents built a church, sawmill,
fish  cannery,  community hall,  guesthouse,  and  Victorian-style  houses  connected  by
boardwalks.102  They also re-established the native council103 and continued  subsistence
patterns of fishing and gathering.104

       At the onset of World War II, the U.S. government recognized the strategic importance of
Annette Island's location  and leased 12,000 acres  six miles south  of  Metlakatla from the
Metlakatla Indian Community  (MIC) in order to build an Army Air Force base and small Navy
base.  Several federal agencies assisted  in the development  of  over 700 buildings that
 Interviews for this case study were conducted between November 29, 2001 and April 4, 2002. Eight separate
interviews were conducted and a total often persons participated. Interviews were conducted with the tribal
environmental coordinator, an environmental consultant for the tribe, and representatives of six different federal
agencies. Interviews with federal agencies included representatives from both headquarters and field level staff
based in Alaska, and the Bureau of Indian Affairs, which serves as the federal steward for tribal lands.
                                                                                            57

-------
       eventually supported roughly  7,000 troops.105  At the war's conclusion  the  facilities quickly
       emptied;106 however, soon afterward the federal government once again began using a portion
       of the facilities.  In 1948, the  Federal Aviation Administration (FAA),  and later the U.S. Coast
       Guard (USCG) leased the airfield which served as the airport for Ketcnikan,107 a nearby Alaskan
       city.

             New construction in the 1940s resulted in "runways, taxi routes, hangars, storage tanks
       and facilities, housing, docks, a hospital, and infrastructure improvements to water, sewage, and
       communications" and,  until that time, was  the only development on  the  peninsula outside of
       Metlakatla.108  Federal involvement on the  island was important for the Metlakatla economy109
       and brought a limited  number of well-paying employment opportunities for local residents.110
       However, such benefits diminished with the cessation of most federal activity by the mid-1970s.
       When a new airport opened  in Ketchikan  in 1974,  FAA transferred most of the airfield and
       equipment to the  MIC.111   Metlakatla residents made use of several  former FAA housing
       structures for forestry offices.  Further, community  members developed a small sawmill inside
       the hangar as well as a mill machinery maintenance shop in another building nearby.  However,
       most of the sites went unused.112 To support itself,  the MIC  continued to primarily rely upon its
       commercial fishing and timber  harvesting operations.

             Today the MIC consists of roughly 1,400 residents.113 The median income for Metlakatla
       families in 1990 was over $38,000 and unemployment was  13 percent.114  However, by 2000,
       unemployment had risen above 80 percent, as many residents lost jobs and saw their royalty
       payments disappear primarily  due  to federal timber restrictions that began taking effect in the
       mid-1990s.115 Even before the restrictions and a disastrous fishing season in 1995,116 however,
       the Tribe was making plans to diversify its  economy and fortify its natural resource base.  For
       instance,  the MIC  eventually  developed plans to  construct a water bottling  plant, a  tribal
       economic development  office, and  a rock quarry and  engage in  several  other economic
       development initiatives.117  A  primary focus of the  Tribe's,  however, was the cleanup  of the
       abandoned facilities, debris, and potential contamination primarily leftover at the former airfield
       site.

       Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Background

             Concerned about the former sites' potential impact on health,  local food supply, and the
       economy, in  the early 1990s the Tribe took steps to investigate the former site in more detail.
       The Tribal Environmental Coordinator, along with the Tribe's contractor, identified over 80 sites
       with environmental concerns, including "underground and above-ground storage tanks, disposal
       areas, barrels, explosives,  asbestos-containing  materials,  lead-based  paint, and  spills."   A
       summary report later developed noted that, "Environmental contamination presents a risk to
       residents and workers at the site and to sensitive wetland and coastal  environs."118

             Instead of pursuing a Superfund designation for the Peninsula, the Tribe sought to work
       cooperatively with the federal  agencies that had contributed to past contamination. In January
       1995, the MIC sent a formal letter to FAA  asking the agency for it to assist in addressing the
       environmental issues identified by the Tribe.119  The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), COEt,
       USCG, and FAA responded by conducting an environmental review to assess past government
       impacts on the island completed in August 1997.120  In the meantime,  FAA and COE began
       working  on  a Coordinated Comprehensive Cleanup (C3) Plan  to better coordinate cleanup
       efforts by the federal agencies and  make  effective use of resources.121   MIC's contractor, in
       f Under the Department of Defense's Formerly Utilized Defense Sites program, COE is the lead agency for cleaning
       up sites used by the U.S. Army, Air Force, and Navy (See Federal Aviation Administration, Annette Island
       Environmental Restoration Issues, p. ES-1 ).
58     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
cooperation  with the Tribe, also developed a master plan describing  resources  required for
cleanup and how MIC members could be hired to support cleanup activities122. By July 1999,
several  agencies, either formally or informally,  had signed a Memorandum  of Understanding
(MOU),  along with the MIC, to ensure cleanup cooperation.123  Today, the MOU Work Group
consists  primarily  of field-level  representatives from FAA,  COE,  the MIC's  environmental
coordinator, and the contractors for each organization.*

MOU Work Group

       It is useful to think of the MOU Work Group's activities as roughly falling into three main
categories: (1) administrative,  (2) environmental, and (3) community involvement and outreach.
In reference to the first, the MOU Work Group, as well as individual members,  engage in several
activities to enhance cooperation and coordination.  First, the MOU Work Group hosts bi-weekly
teleconference calls guided by a strict agenda where  the members discuss "issues associated
with accomplishing the cleanup work, including MIC priorities, technical  approaches, regulatory
requirements,  sharing  of  data,  coordinated scheduling  of  work activities, and  community
outreach." 124  Meeting  minutes as well as numerous other cleanup-related documents are
posted on an Annette Island cleanup site sponsored by FAA.  Second, the MOU Work Group
has developed several additional tools, including a  quality assurance program plan,  to expedite
cleanup work.125   Third, COE  and FAA (and USCG to a  more limited extent)  also share
resources to enhance efficiency of the cleanup effort. For instance, COE and  FAA shared office
space, exchanged personnel, and used  a  single engineering firm.  By collaborating on these
activities, as well as community involvement efforts that will be discussed in  detail below,  FAA
estimates that the federal agencies involved saved over $750,000 from 1999 through 2001,126

       Regarding environmental activities,  agencies involved in the  MOU Work Group have
made concerted efforts to cleanup all single party sites, although the MIC has yet to issue a
"closed"  status for any.  Further,  FAA and COE  have teamed  up to address two-party
contaminated sites involving FAA and a DOD-led agency. Once money becomes available, and
allocation responsibilities have been identified, the responsible agencies will move to cleanup
these more complex sites. A list of specific environmental accomplishments from October 1999,
through October 2000, is listed in the table below.127
* BIA is an original MOU signatory but is not a regular participant in MOU Work Group activities. USCG signed on to
the MOU Work Group as an informal member. Since 2001 the agency has not participated with the MOU Work
Group, although it is still involved in limited cleanup activities on the island.



Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership                                                         59

-------
              Environmental Accomplishments of MOD Work Group Members and USCG
                                October 1999 through October 2000
      BIA
             Eight contaminated buildings and pads dismantled and disposed
             Scrap metal removed in conjunction with FAA	
      COE
             10,000 feet of former fuel line drained and cleaned
             7,000 gallons of fuel/water mixture removed
             Additional mercury-impacted soil removed at one site
      FAA
             Debris removed from 30 sites
             53 sites investigated to determine extent of contaminants possibly released into environment
             45 abandoned towers with lead-based paint demolished and recycled
             800 abandoned drums removed and recycled off the island
             14 underground one aboveground fuel storage tanks decommissioned and disposed of off island
             700 tons of scrap metal removed from island	
      USCG
             Process for removal of three storage tanks begun
     Figure 16. Environmental Accomplishments of MOU Work Group Members and USCG October 1999 through October
     2000

             Community involvement and outreach activities of  the  MOU Work Group members
       include consultation and outreach, actively hiring local  MIC residents, and Work Group team
       building. Regarding this first activity, members of the MOU Work Group provide briefings to the
       Tribal Council approximately once per year. MOU Work Group members have also conducted
       several community outreach  activities, including participating  at the Tribe's yearly Founder's
       Day celebration and  community  health fair.  Members of  the MOU Work Group have also
       actively sought to hire MIC residents to conduct cleanup  activities, a critical objective of the MIC.
       For instance, COE hired seven local residents (50 percent of total field workforce) in 2000.128 In
       addition, MOU Work Group members, and most noticeably FAA, have been actively pushing for
       enhanced teamwork between members.  Recently this desire culminated  in a rigorous one-
       week team building exercise held in Ketchikan, Alaska in March 2002, paid for by FAA.

             Although the  MOU Work Group  experienced  some  successes in coordinating  and
       initiating cleanup actions on several sites, according to an  FAA document, cleanup efforts have
       been hampered for several reasons, including  lack of full coordination across MOU Work Group
       members, insufficient  funding, varying  agency environmental policies, and lack  of single overall
       lead agency.129

       Partnership Background and Goals

             Recognizing the need for additional assistance  and an opportunity,  in early 2000, an
       agency  official  within the  Department of Defense  (DOD), based near Washington,  D.C.,
       developed a proposal for  the cleanup work  at Annette  Island to  be accepted as a federal
       Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice national demonstration project. The DOD
       official hoped that this national  designation would enable  enhanced coordination of agency
       officials at the Headquarters level, and, in turn, enable parties involved directly in the cleanup to
       identify,  assess, and  remediate contaminated sites more efficiently.  The MIC agreed to  this
       approach, recognizing that such a designation would help better ensure that cleanup work on
       the island would be completed.  In June 2000, the proposal was accepted, and, soon after, the
       Environmental   Justice (EJ)  Work  Group  was  formed,  consisting  primarily  of  agency
60
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
headquarters officials from FAA, COE, USCG, BIA, as well as EPA.  The MIC is also a member,
however, issues involving distance and coordination has limited the  MIC's involvement. The EJ
Work Group  and the MOU Work Group  do not regularly hold  formal  meetings together;
however, loose coordination exists between the two.

      Although not well defined, it is helpful to visualize the partnership around the issue of
island cleanup as consisting of three distinct components: (1) the MIC; (2) the EJ Work Group;
and (3) the MOU Work Group. All groups have as a common goal to cleanup the contaminated
sites on the island; however, they each have a slightly different focus. The MOU Work Group
members are focused primarily on cleaning up sites. The EJ Work Group is focused primarily
on facilitating the resolution of difficult cleanup issues; and the MIC, although represented on
both work groups, is focused on ensuring that cleanup will take place in a manner that meets
the needs and priorities of the Tribe.  The Metlakatla Peninsula cleanup partnership is depicted
in the graphic below.
                                  Metlakatla Peninsula
                                  Cleanup Partnership


                                     Assessment
                                      Allocation
                                       Cleanup
         Figure 17. EPA Representation of the Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership


       In addition, after the MIC was designated as a Brownfields Showcase Community in
October 2002,  efforts were made by  the  EJ Work Group,  MOU Work Group,  and EPA
Brownfields officials to ensure that communication lines between  the cleanup effort and the
Brownfields redevelopment effort would remain  open.  By integrating cleanup and potential
options for reuse at three sites through the cleanup and Brownfields work, the parties hope to
better ensure that the cleanup will match the Tribe's desired reuse of the site and potentially
make much more efficient use of resources.

On-Going Issues Impeding Cleanup

       Despite  the EJ Work Group's  intention to resolve  challenging  issues impeding site
cleanup, progress in cleaning the more  challenging multi-party sites has been slow. Two critical
issues are discussed in more detail below.
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership
61

-------
           Allocation of responsibility for cleanup at multi-party sites.  The numerous parties
           involved,  the  numerous transactions  involving  property, and  insufficient  records,
           complicate allocation.  For instance, the MOU Work Group identified 18 parties that
           may be liable for cleanup  costs including nine US federal agencies, two Canadian
           federal agencies, the State of Alaska, the MIC, and five private companies.130 Closely
           related are the complicated tasks of determining who should fund cleanup  at multi-
           party sites and then who should be responsible for conducting the remediation.

           Determination of what constitutes a "clean" site.  Members of the MOU Work Group
           desire to  seek official approval  indicating that their  site is  clean once appropriate
           remedial action has been taken. This matter is complicated, however, as it is  not clear
           to all parties involved what entity has responsibility to make such a determination, nor
           what level of cleanup might be considered appropriate. As a sovereign nation that can
           be delegated  authority  from the  federal  government to manage its environmental
           programs,  the  MIC has developed, and  received approval  from  EPA for several
           cleanup standards  put forth by the Tribe.  However,  the Tribe  has yet to develop
           and/or receive approval for standards that correspond to all the contaminants found at
           the sites.131  Further,  the various parties  involved in the cleanup often  have varying
           internal guidance recommending that different levels of cleanup should be met.132

           FAA-Alaska has  been active in putting forth suggestions to resolve  remaining issues,133
       however,  no action was taken in response to these suggestions.  Further,  most Metlakatla
       Peninsula  Cleanup  partners expect  that  solutions to  the  remaining  issues will  need
       endorsement from the  EJ Work Group before moving forward  in concert. In an effort to resolve
       some of the on-going obstacles, the EJ  Work Group initiated an alternative dispute resolution
       process (ADR)  in 2001 led by a team from EPAs Conflict Prevention and Resolution Center.  In
       January 2002, the ADR team  submitted preliminary recommendations to the EJ Work Group on
       how to improve the process. This was followed  up by a two-day meeting in Seattle  held in June
       that involved the Tribe and members of both the MOU and EJ Work Groups.  It is too early to
       tell the impact the meeting will have on improving the course of cleanup activity on the island.

             The following sections primarily describe interviewees' responses to questions gathered
       from interviews conducted by EPAs  Office of Policy,  Economics, and  Innovation  from late
       November 2001 through late April  2002.   The sections focus on interviewees'  impressions
       regarding   measuring   partnership   success,    partnership   success   and   challenges,
       recommendations for improving the partnership, overall value of the partnership, and the  value
       of federal involvement in the  partnership.  It is  important to note that this case study  diverges
       from others in  that only  two  main categories of partners, federal agencies and the MIC, are
       currently playing a central role alongside the MIC in this partnership effort.  Interviewees include
       the  MIC  tribal environmental coordinator, the MIC's environmental  consultant, BIA,  DOD
       Headquarters,   COE-Alaska,    FAA-Headquarters,   FAA-Alaska,   USCG-Alaska,    USCG-
       Headquarters,  and  EPA-Headquarters.   BIA is  the federal  steward for  tribal lands and  is
       perceived as somewhat more closely allied with MIC interests, while EPA is considered to be a
       neutral party.

       Measuring Success

             The  Metlakatla Partnership does not have a measurement framework to determine
       success of their effort.  However, five interviewees had thoughts regarding  what success might
       look like and how the  project should be evaluated.  First, two  interviewees noted that project
       success would  be indicated by cleanup of the contaminated sites. One added that currently 60-
       70 cleanup sites had an "open"  status, meaning that the Tribe was not in agreement that the
62     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
sites had been adequately cleaned up.  Similarly, another interviewee felt that success would be
indicated by a cleanup of the island to a degree  that the MIC was  comfortable with. Further,
she/he added that an additional indicator of success would be a cleanup that took ten years as
opposed to twenty to complete.   In addition, she/he added  that milestones should be used to
help gauge project success.  Another interviewee  suggested that the on-going accumulation of
cleanup data should be  used to evaluate  success.  She/he further suggested that periodic
checks  by a federal representative should  be conducted to ensure that cleanup is going as
planned.  Finally, one  of the same interviewees remarked that an evaluation framework is
needed,  but that no single  framework should be  required  for Interagency Working Group
Environmental Justice pilot projects.

Partnership Successes

       In terms of greatest overall success,  no clear consensus emerged from the interviewees'
responses.  Four referenced the  coordination of the partnership  as  its biggest success.
Specifically,  two cited the coordination between  agencies  in the field.  Another cited more
generally  the  coordination   between  the  federal  agencies,  noting that  the  technical
communication between them is very  well  established and  the agencies' engineers are very
knowledgeable.  This  interviewee added that the effective  coordination between the federal
agencies has  resulted  from  these  agencies' dedication of funding, enthusiastic people, and
management support.   Along similar lines,  another interviewee noted previous cleanup efforts
were very sporadic and that mere involvement in this type of project "is a big  deal."  She/he
went on to say that, "People are  pulling  together because everyone sees it as  something
positive for the community."  Related to coordination, two interviewees directly  referenced the
involvement of certain  stakeholders  as  the partnership's  greatest  success.  One  noted
specifically the involvement of DOD's Len Richeson as critical in leading the EJ demonstration
project.  Another cited the involvement of (1) federal agencies, particularly those not previously
active in working with Tribes (which may have resulted from the EJ Demo pilot designation); (2)
a tribal representative who has a leadership role; (3) a strong technical consultant for the Tribe
who can act in accordance with tribal values.

       Another major success, according to two interviewees was dedication.  One interviewee
noted that the  MOU Work Group's  dedication despite many frustrations was the partnership's
greatest success; while a second emphasized the dedication of the EJ Work Group, which has
continued to meet after two years despite many frustrations.  She/he added that the group has
continued to meet because of their obligations  to clean up the sites.  Another noted that the
greatest success of the effort, thus far, was the  agreement by the MOU Work Group members
to participate in a rigorous team  building session.  She/he went on to say that it's important for
the  members to talk first about "what makes us tick" and then discuss allocation. Finally, one
interviewee stated that the partnership's greatest success has been the visibility it gained when
the  cleanup effort was designated as an Environmental Justice national demonstration project.
Because of this, according to  the interviewee, agencies provided more funding for the effort.

Partnership Challenges

       Interviewees voiced several challenges  facing the partnership. The most consistently
raised  challenges  centered  on  issues  of trust and communication, allocation, and  cleanup
standards.  First, several interviewees raised concerns over communication  and trust issues.
Specifically,  five  cited  problematic communication issues  between the  MIC  and  federal
agencies. Of  these, two noted  that it appeared that federal agencies did  not allow sufficient
Tribal input in decisionmaking. One noted that within the EJ Work Group it "seems like they are
not  letting the community in." Two remarked that the federal  agencies were not  given sufficient
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership                                                        63

-------
       access to the Tribal Council.  One of these explained that the federal agencies only had access
       to the Tribal Council once per year but additional meetings were needed.  She/he went on to
       explain that the lack of timely meetings can  be especially problematic when the agencies want
       to obtain site "close-out" standards from the Tribe.   Also related to communication  difficulties,
       one of the same interviewees stated that the federal agencies did not fully understand their trust
       responsibilities in relation to the Tribe.  In addition, a sixth interviewee stated that the EJ Work
       Group did not sufficiently communicate with the MOU Work Group.  Finally, one interviewee
       noted that one of the major difficulties has been establishing trusting relationships between all
       the federal agencies and the Tribe.

             Second, four of ten interviewees noted the difficulty of determining cleanup responsibility
       for the multiparty sites on the island.   One remarked that the on-going allocation  process  has
       been "really, really challenging." She/he went on to say that part of this difficulty stems from an
       inability to set meeting times when all parties can attend.  Another interviewee commented  that
       the parties are willing to discuss allocation, but some are becoming frustrated.

             Third, four interviewees cited the lack of consensus regarding cleanup standards as a
       major partnership hurdle.  Interviewees voiced concern that the Tribe may have set standards
       too high in some instances, or that the Tribe's standards aren't equivalent to EPA's or the State
       of Alaska's.  One interviewee noted that his/her organization is regularly required to  cleanup to
       the  most stringent  level,  but in some instances current  technologies do not detect to levels
       required by MIC standards.  Another voiced concern that the Tribe wanted his/her agency to
       remove certain contaminants to a level beyond background levels.  She/he did note, however,
       that the concerns over cleanup standards were being negotiated one standard at a time.

             Other barriers to  success cited include: (1)  inconsistency between some of the various
       agency policies and terminology guiding  cleanup, such  as what is meant by the  term "lead
       agency";  (2) getting reluctant parties to address their contamination cleanup responsibilities; (3)
       lack of sufficient involvement by EPA Region 10 to help guide the cleanup process;  (4) lack of
       agreed upon contamination testing procedures; (5) lack of appreciation for the need to obtain an
       allocation agreement for the  multi-party sites, especially since most of these, according to the
       interviewee,  are the most contaminated; (6) determining who will actually conduct the cleanups
       once allocation is determined; (7) consistent lack of funding; (8) disparities in funding availability
       between parties; (9) ineffective communication about which  cleanup issues are top priority;  (10)
       insufficient tribal experience to oversee the cleanup program;  (11) addressing Tribal  issues not
       directly related to cleanup, which could confuse the cleanup process; and (12) winter weather,
       which can slow the cleanup process.

             When asked whether the organizational styles and  procedures of the different partner
       organizations  limited  effective  collaboration  between  partners,  of  the  ten   interviewees
       addressing this topic nine mentioned that some styles and procedures have limited effective
       collaboration.  Of these  nine, five cited varying  organizational  policies regarding  site  cleanup
       standards as problematic.  For instance, one remarked that agencies under the Department of
       Defense are only required to cleanup to approved EPA/State requirements, which could pose a
       problem if the Tribe wants sites cleaned to a greater degree than EPA  standards. Two voiced
       concern that one agency's cleanup standard is based on risk, another's is  based on the most
       stringent standard approved, while another agency does not have a clear policy regarding  this,
       making it difficult to determine to what extent a site should be cleaned.

             Another organizational barrier  cited  by two  interviewees centered  on budget/funding
       issues.  One remarked  that  different budget cycles made collaboration more difficult, while
       another expressed concern about the inability for some organizations to consistently send their
64     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
principle people to meetings. She/he added that a centralized travel budget might help alleviate
these concerns.  This same interviewee also explained that the Tribe's lack of resources for
environmental programs made it difficult for the Tribe to respond to issues raised  by  other
members  of the MOU  Work Group in  a timely fashion.   Another interviewee explained that
his/her organization's policy prevented  contracting  with the MIC directly to perform cleanup
operations, thus limiting the number of MIC residents that could be hired.  Another interviewee
voiced concern over a historical lack of trust between two partner organizations.  She/he added,
however,  that as long  as EPA is  seen as neutral, and all the members continue  to make
decisions  in a collective manner, this issue should not pose  too great a difficulty.  Finally, one
interviewee remarked that the federal agencies' inability to always know what the others were
doing contributed to project difficulties.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

       Interviewees provided several different recommendations for improving the effectiveness
of the  Metlakatla partnership.    Three  of  the  nine interviewees addressing  this  topic
recommended completing the  allocation process.  One advocated bringing together the EJ
Work Group members,  ADR officials, and Brownfields representatives together in one room to
work out all issues associated with allocation.  Another emphasized that allocation may only
work if a  consent order can be applied.   Related to the allocation process, one interviewee
urged all parties to come together and agree to a consolidated, massive cleanup effort, and then
urge Congress to appropriate the  necessary funding.  Contrasting with this recommendation,
two interviewees urged EPA to expand  its leadership over the effort, while another urged that
one person be put solely in charge of the project who would act as the "information hub."

       Other recommendations included:  (1) increasing coordination with EPA Region 10; (2)
conducting the MOU Work Group team building initiative;  (3) ensuring  that there  is  early,
substantial communication with the Tribe; (4) dividing the EJ Work Group members into smaller
groups to  work on MIC  priorities once they are fully understood; (5) providing greater follow-up,
such as meeting notes, following the EJ Work Group meetings; (6) training the MIC community
on ensuring effective  communication with federal agencies; (7) ensuring that the MIC has close
communication with  agency representatives  in  charge  of  implementing the ADR  process
regarding  allocation; (8) being realistic about cleanup schedules and funding requirements; and
(9) having EPA build a unifying framework to incorporate the many different activities associated
with  the cleanup effort,  including the  environmental justice  component,  Brownfields,  and
DOD's Native American Lands Environmental Mitigation Program.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Other Communities Using Partnerships

      All  ten  interviewees  provided  recommendations   for  other  communities   using
partnerships to address environmental justice issues. The first set centered around structural
and operational considerations of partnerships.  Three interviewees suggested using central
points of contact/single project leads.  For instance, one stated that partnerships  need to "assign
a lead agency...you  need an established  authority/decision  maker from the beginning of the
process."   Two  interviewees emphasized that resources be  made available to ensure  the
implementation of the partnership.  One specified resources for "pulling the different member
organizations together in the collaborative" and another specified the need  for administrative
support.  Another interviewee suggested taking time to understand the local  political structure.
Finally, one of these same interviewees urged that partnerships set standards about what they
intend to accomplish.
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership                                                         65

-------
             The second set centered on themes of openness and inclusiveness.  Two interviewees
       stressed the need for recognizing differences within agencies.  For instance one of these stated
       that when working  with agencies "you  need  to  learn differences in agencies,  what  their
       processes are,  and what their  scope  is."   Similarly,  another  interviewee  encouraged
       communities interested in partnerships to "be open and willing to talk."  Finally one interviewee
       provided  several recommendations  regarding  inclusiveness.    She/he  stated that when
       developing a partnership it is  important to  "identify all  the players in a project, include every
       group even the ones that are not visible.  Emphasize participation."  She/he went to say that it is
       also  important to use National  Environmental  Policy Act (NEPA) and environmental justice
       guidelines to help guide  partnership development.  Moreover, the  interviewee added that it is
       important to  keep in mind that tribal communities  may lack the communication  infrastructure
       (e.g., email, television, and radio) that non-tribal communities have.

       Value of Collaborative Partnership

             When asked about the value  of addressing issues through a collaborative partnership
       approach, seven  of the seven interviewees addressing this topic indicated that collaborating had
       added value, although one of the interviewees remarked that collaborating had not been as
       valuable as she/he had hoped.  Four interviewees noted that the value of collaborating was the
       efficiencies gained, such as time  and money.  One of these  stated that by using  the same
       contractor, two agencies have saved between $600,000 to $1 million in  cleanup  expenses
       alone.  Another  interviewee stated that  the  cost savings from collaborating would be most
       significant for  the  Tribe, who,  because of the partnership,  no longer need  to  work out
       disagreements with the  different federal  agencies on a one-to-one  basis.  She/he noted that
       these savings  for  the Tribe could  be  really enormous by  the  time  the  cleanup effort  is
       completed.  Related to economic benefits, one interviewee remarked that the partnership has
       resulted  in a  large amount of money  being  injected into the MIC economy.  Another explained
       that the effort has resulted in the professional training of some MIC residents. These same two
       interviewees  explained that the partnership has resulted in some sites being cleaned up, and a
       greater appreciation  by  the MIC that  the federal  agencies are addressing their  cleanup
       responsibilities.    Finally, one  interviewee explained that "the  project  fostered  a better
       understanding of involvement and  a greater understanding of the different agency views of the
       project."

             When asked whether the collaborative process could be used to address other issues
       that the  MIC  is facing, of  the  six addressing this topic, four indicated yes, while  two were
       ambiguous in their responses.  One who responded with yes remarked that this same type of
       approach is beginning to  be used in the Metlakatla landfill cleanup project.

             When asked whether the main issues affecting the MIC would have been addressed
       without a collaborative  approach, of the  nine  that  addressed the  question,  two  indicated
       unequivocally that the issues (primarily the cleanup issues) would not have been addressed,
       one that  the issues would  not have  been  addressed unless a court order would have been
       imposed, and four that some cleanup would have occurred but the effort would not have been
       as effective. Two gave ambiguous  responses. Of those indicating that the cleanup effort would
       not have been as effective, one stated that without a collaborative approach,  FAA  would not
       have been as extensively involved and that COE may have avoided cleanup until later and then,
       once it began the cleanup,  would have simply informed the MIC what it was doing,  performed
       the work  and then  left, all without  (1) making use of local knowledge to enhance the cleanup
       effort and (2) aiding the local economy by hiring local residents.  Two interviewees indicated that
       the cleanup effort would  have taken a lot longer to complete, with one adding that the cleanup
       would not have been performed  to a  level that would  be satisfactory for the Tribe. In addition,
66     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
another interviewee stated that sites simply would not have been  identified to the extent they
would have without the partnership.  Of those that were ambiguous, one remarked that it is
simply hard to  say, while another remarked that every once in a while his/her agency has
thoughts about withdrawing from the partnership, but then, according to the interviewee "reality
hits home."

Value of Federal Involvement in Partnership

       When asked about the effect of having  federal agencies participate in the  Metlakatla
partnership for the Tribe beyond the immediate issue of federal cleanup responsibility, the five
interviewees addressing this topic produced a variety of responses.  Two interviewees stated
that federal involvement helped improve the  Tribe's understanding of environmental  issues,
such  as environmental  contaminants.   Similarly,  another interviewee stated  that  federal
participation enhanced the  Tribe's appreciation  for the role of the regulator in environmental
protection.  One of these same interviewees also stated that federal involvement resulted in the
training  of  some MIC residents for cleanup activities and  improvement of their management
skills.  Another interviewee explained that federal involvement has boosted the image of the
Tribe, heightened attention  regarding activities needed to cleanup  the island, and enabled the
Tribe  to more easily gain access to key decision makers.  Finally,  one interviewee stated that
federal involvement has simply been critical to the cleanup work on the island.

       When asked what federal partners have gained by participating  in the MIC partnership,
five of the seven  that  addressed this topic  indicated that federal  agencies improved  their
understanding of tribal issues.  For instance, one interviewee stated that, "The agencies have a
greater appreciation for federally recognized tribes and a clarification of what it means to be
federally recognized."    Another  interviewee  explained  that  agencies  "have  gained  the
understanding that Indian communities do not  think like the  rest of the world.  The  federal
agencies now know that they  must deal with  the cultural and the spiritual identity as well as
idiosyncrasies of tribal  communication."  Similar to this, another interviewee indicated that
federal agencies have  gained  awareness of the difficulties tribal communities  have in dealing
with multiple agencies.  She/he added that, "We now understand their  perspective and realize
some of their frustrations when comparing the different requirements of the federal agencies. It
has helped us rethink and focus on our communication."  Interviewees  also stated that federal
agencies have  accrued other benefits as a result of their participation, including: (1) a better
means  of  communicating  between federal  agencies;  (2)  an  improved  understanding  of
environmental issues in Alaska; (3) cost savings for the federal government; (4)  lessons learned
about the allocation process; and (5) a new model for conducting multi-federal agency cleanups.

       When asked  whether  federal  agencies  have been able to  better  coordinate  their
activities as a result of their involvement in the Metlakatla partnership  of the seven interviewees
addressing this topic, three indicated yes, three  indicated they weren't  sure,  and one gave an
ambiguous response.   Of those indicating yes, one interviewee explained that the partnership
had challenged  his/her agency's  ability to work with public  and private organizations, and
increased his/her agency's ability  to work  together,  even at the headquarters level. Another
interviewee explained that  the federal  agencies are coordinating better "because they now
understand steps to take...[for] a project of this magnitude."  For the  interviewees indicating
possibly, two indicated that each's own agency's ability to collaborate has improved.  The other
stated that "it is hard  to see  the  influence of this compared to the whole great number of
coordinated projects; it is, however, reinforcing the federal collaborative trend."

       Interviewees were also asked what federal  agencies could  do to  be  more effective
partners  in local collaborative efforts. Ten of the ten interviewees addressed  this topic.  Five
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership                                                         67

-------
       interviewees emphasized establishing points of contact to help guide the partnership. Of these
       five, two suggested that single points of contact should be established within each agency, and
       added  that the partnership  work must be  a priority for them.  Two  other  interviewees
       recommended that one agency should be made to serve as the overall  lead for the partnership.
       One of these added  that participating agencies should establish a common process and  a
       concise set of guidelines to grapple with issues where each agency has its own procedures,
       such as with NEPA.   Another  interviewee  recommended that  the  affected  community be
       empowered so that the  partnership would be locally controlled and locally sponsored.  She/he
       added that partner members should only look to agency headquarters for support and  advice,
       not to guide the partnership.

             Two interviewees  provided  suggestions  specifically  for  cleanup.   One interviewee
       recommended that participating agencies develop some mechanism for determining cleanup
       goals  and  persuading  the  responsible parties to negotiate  cleanup issues.   The  second
       interviewee urged EPA to make its cleanup expertise more  available to other federal agencies,
       especially  ones not experienced in cleanup  issues,  although  she/he added  that regulatory
       barriers prevented this.  The interviewee further explained that if EPA  had become  involved in
       helping coordinate cleanup issues earlier in the process, much time and money would  have
       been saved.   Finally, one interviewee presented more general recommendations,  suggesting
       that federal agencies  should communicate openly with affected communities and take  time to
       explain the everyday activities they are performing.

       Key Findings5

          •  The MOU Work  Group and the  MIC have made significant progress to ensure that the
             contaminated  sites  on Annette  Island will  be remediated, although several  issues,
             including the allocation of cleanup responsibility for multi-party sites and reconciliation of
             varied perspectives  regarding appropriate cleanup standards, will need to be resolved
             before the sites are cleaned to a level acceptable by all parties.

          •  The overall cleanup effort could  benefit by much more substantive interaction and  open
             communication between the EJ Work Group and the MOU Work Group.  The Tribe, a
             member of both  work groups, appears satisfied with its involvement in the MOU  Work
             Group, but desires increased involvement with the EJ Work  Group.

          •  The goals of the MIC and the federal  agencies have not  been integrated.  The Tribe
             sees federal  involvement  on  the  island  as  an  opportunity  to address  other
             environmental, public health, and economic priorities in addition to contaminated site
             cleanup; whereas the federal agencies involved in cleanup work are primarily concerned
             about cleaning up the contaminated sites and don't show signs they are ready to  expand
             this  vision.   Openly reconciling these  two converging viewpoints should help  reduce
             frustrations for all parties in the future.

          •   Better integrating the goals of the Brownfields effort,  the cleanup effort and other similar
             Annette  Island  initiatives  where  clear overlap exists, although challenging, would
             increase efficiency and reduce frustration regarding cleanup and redevelopment efforts
             for both the participating federal agencies and the Tribe.

          •   Efforts by the MOU Work Group to openly communicate, establish common procedures,
             and  share  resources  have resulted in tangible benefits  for all the parties involved,
       § Findings based primarily upon data collected between 11/29/01-4/24/02.



68     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       including  an estimated cost savings  for the participating federal  agencies of over
       $750,000 between 1999-2001.

   •   The  MIC  has  performed  a difficult  task  in  inventorying  and  assessing  numerous
       contaminated sites on the island, urging federal agencies to begin cleaning them, and
       negotiating the different cleanup policies of the federal agencies.   However, federal
       agencies  involved in the cleanup would appreciate if the MIC's environmental program
       had a greater number of technical staff that could assist in guiding the cleanup effort and
       reviewing technical documentation.

Afterword

       As noted  earlier,  during June  10-11, 2002, a meeting was held between Metlakatla
Partnership  members  to  further address some of the remaining issues preventing  additional
cleanup on the Metlakatla peninsula.  Comments provided by one member indicate that the
meeting was well attended and participants were able to come to agreement on a process for
addressing allocation issues. Parties were asked to identify remaining sites they would cleanup
on their own. For those sites not identified for cleanup by a particular party, parties were to then
review a matrix  to be used to enter into  agreements between other parties responsible for
contamination at certain sites. Starting August 5, 2002, parties were to actively participate in an
allocation process and complete the process as soon as possible.   Parties  were then to work
together  to cover their costs for site cleanup  subject to the allocation.  Finally, following the
completion of the allocation parties were to work together to support  any share of costs that may
be determined by the allocation to be affiliated with past MIC activities.   Parties were also
expected to jointly fund and cooperate to ensure completion of cleanup at sites subject to the
allocation.134
Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership                                                         69

-------
                 5
Metro East Lead  Collaborative
                 We joined because it was important that we not duplicate efforts with Illinois EPA and
                 the Lead Collaborative.

                 Now everyone knows what the other is doing.. .We were doing the same thing.  Now
                 we partner.

                 Value [of the collaborative effort] will be the benefit to the kids.  A., .generation of kids
                 will be protected.
                                                   — Interviewees, Metro East Lead Collaborative
       Community History+
             The City of East St.  Louis and nearby surrounding communities  including  Brooklyn,
       Alorton, Centerville, and Washington Park, in St. Clair County, are located in southwest Illinois
       directly across the Mississippi River from St. Louis, Missouri. Built up around heavy industry, as
       late as 1961, East St. Louis had a population of 77,000 benefiting from a strong economy and a
       number of well-paying jobs.   However, by the late  1960's the economy had suffered a severe
       setback resulting in factory closures and the exodus of more than half of the city's population.135
       Today, East St. Louis consists of approximately 32,000 residents. The population is 99 percent
       minority.  The poverty rate of the area is 45 percent. Sixty-five percent of the residents are low
       income, and 24 percent are unemployed.136 The area  is pocked by numerous vacant lots (four
       miles  out of the fourteen total miles making  up East St. Louis are vacant) and abandoned
       properties (one out of eight housing  units are vacant)137, several of which serve dual roles as
       children's playgrounds and  illegal junkyards.  Old, dilapidated  lead smelters and lead paint
       factories are common, and at least twenty of these industrial sites are contaminated.138  The
       East St. Louis region also has significant air quality  and flooding  problems.  In addition, children
       in the area suffer from lead poisoning at a rate of four times higher than the national  average.139

             The U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry has reported that nearly
       one in six children in America have high levels of lead in their blood.  The  long-term effects of
       lead in a  child can be severe, including learning disabilities, decreased growth, hyperactivity,
       impaired hearing, and  even  brain damage.  Most homes built in the U.S. before 1960 contain
       heavily leaded paint and some homes built as recently  as 1978 may also contain lead paint,
       placing many young children at risk, especially children ages infant to six, who may ingest the
       metal.140  Lead  levels are perceived as dangerous by the U. S.  Center for Disease Control
       (CDC) at  levels of 10 parts per million (ppm) or higher.  However, Dr. Bruce Lanphear of the
       Children's Hospital  Medical Center in Cincinnati has recently linked lead levels above five ppm
       to low reading test scores and increased juvenile delinquency.141

             High blood lead levels have been a known  problem in East St.  Louis and  surrounding
       areas for over a decade.142 However, extensive blood  lead screening and lead soil sampling in
       + Interviews forthis case study were conducted in early October and early November 2001. Ten separate interviews
       were conducted and a total often persons participated. Interviewees included representatives from community
       organizations, state, federal, and regional agencies, and business.
70

-------
the area starting in 1999 began to reveal how much additional work was needed to alleviate the
threat.143 In the spring of 1999, St.  Mary's Hospital Corporate Health Center, the area hospital,
carried out school physicals in order to assess the extent of lead contamination  in the school
children's bloodstream.144  The results of the tests showed that one in five children  in the  East
St.  Louis area had lead levels approaching the CDC dangerous level of 10 ppm.  Further,  lead
levels greater than 5 ppm were found in 70 percent of the children tested.145  Not only were the
lead levels  abnormally high, but the ages of those poisoned were older than expected, six  to
twelve.146  These findings led St. Mary's Hospital to speculate that children must be coming into
contact with  lead through  means  other than lead-based paint147.   The  hospital's concerns
prompted the Illinois Department of Public Health, in conjunction with the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), to conduct a study to assess the level of lead in soil in selected  East
St.  Louis neighborhoods.  Results subsequently showed high lead levels in soil at different sites.

       It is unclear why  community organizations and government institutions have not had
greater success in removing the threat of lead poisoning in East St.  Louis even  after several
years of attention has been placed on the issue and a steady flow of resources have been used
to address  the problem.  There are likely many varied and overlapping factors, a few of which
are briefly mentioned.  The full  extent of the problem may not be known.  The  scope of the
problem may be out of proportion to the financial and human resources required  to address it.
Therefore, residents and parents in  particular may not understand the threats, the symptoms,  or
possible remedies.  Moreover, even though they may recognize that lead's effects can be quite
dangerous  and possibly severe, some residents may stay silent on the issue fearing that if they
spoke  out,  they would face repercussions  from  landlords and county officials,  including the
potential loss of their homes148 and public funding assistance.149 In addition, efforts by different
organizations to fully remedy the existing threat and locate and treat children already exhibiting
lead poisoning  symptoms may not have been coordinated effectively  due to staff and budget
constraints in the public health care sector150.

Partnership Background

       As previously mentioned  St. Mary's  Hospital turned to EPA  and  the Illinois EPA for
assistance  in  addressing  the high incidence of  child  blood poisoning their testing  program
revealed in East St.  Louis and Washington Park. At the same time, several other organizations
were engaged  in  separate lead-based  remediation efforts in the area, including  the City, the
County, community-based non-profits, and the  U.S.  Department  of Agriculture's  Natural
Resources  Conservation  Service (NRCS).   The EPA official, who headed the agency's lead-
based work in St.  Louis, came to the recognition that a multi-pronged strategy—one that could
simultaneously address lead  paint in  homes  and lead  in  soil—would be needed.  To be
effective, the official  surmised that  EPA would  need to collaborate, link, and build off existing
efforts of the groups already at work, or capable of working in the  East St. Louis area. Although
based  in EPA's regional office  in Chicago, while the soil sampling was  continuing  the  EPA
official began networking with a number of different organizations that were already working in
the East St. Louis area.

       In early 1999, EPA called a meeting of stakeholders.  As a result of this meeting the
stakeholders organized and began to call themselves the East St. Louis Lead Collaborative.  In
May 2000 the East St. Louis Lead Collaborative was named as an Interagency Working Group
on  Environmental  Justice national demonstration project.  In 2001, the collaborative expanded
to include  additional  communities in St. Clair County and changed its  name to the  Metro  East
Lead Collaborative (MELC). The members of the MELC are described below.
Metro East Lead Collaborative                                                                  71

-------
MELC Member Organizations and Eventual Resource Contributions
Organization and Type
East Side Health District (Local)
East St. Louis Community Development Block
Grant Operations, Inc. (Local)
East-West Gateway Coordinating Council
(Regional)
Enterprise Community Vision 20/20
(Non-Profit)
Illinois Department of Public Health (State)
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
Collinsville, IL office (State)
Neighbors Technical Assistance Center
(Non-Profit)
NEIGHBORS United for Progress (Non-Profit)
Regional Vocational System (Academic)
Southwestern Illinois Resource Conservation
Development (Regional)
St. Clair County Intergovernmental Grants
Department (County)
St. Mary's Hospital of East St. Louis
(Non-profit)
St. Louis Community College (Academic)
U.S. Army Corp of Engineers
(Federal/St. Louis, MO)
U.S. Dept of Agriculture/Natural Resources
Conservation Office (Federal/Champaign, IL)
U.S. Dept of Housing and Urban Development
(Federal/Springfield, IL) and The Lead Hazard
Control Grant Office (Federal/Washington DC)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(Federal/Chicago, IL)
Community
Represented
East St. Louis
East St. Louis
East St. Louis
East St. Louis
NA
NA
East St. Louis
East St. Louis
East St. Louis,
St. Clair County
St. Clair County
St. Clair County
East St. Louis,
St. Clair County
East St. Louis
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Eventual Contribution to MELC
Blood lead screening, Outreach
Lead assessments, housing remediation
Grantee, Soil Sampling, Outreach
Lead assessment, Redevelopment efforts
Grantee, Soil sampling, Blood lead
screening
Technical assistance, Outreach, Grant
money
Grantee, Outreach, Lead-safe yards
Lead based paint assessments, Outreach
Outreach
Grantee (biosolid remediation program)
Grantee, Blood lead screening, Lead
assessment, Outreach, Housing remediation
Grantee, Blood lead screening, Outreach,
Coordination, Meeting space
Grantee - job training, Outreach
Technical assistance and site assessment,
Implemented Brownfields Showcase
Community Award
Technical assistance, Grant money
Technical assistance, Grant money
Facilitation and technical assistance, Grant
money
       Figure 18. MELC Member Organizations and Eventual Resource Contributions to MELC

       Partnership Process
             The initial  meeting of the original  MELC took place in  February 1999 at  St. Mary's
       Hospital in East St.  Louis.  Approximately  16 organizations attended.  The meeting was used
       primarily  as  a forum for the  different participating organizations to get to  know each other,
       conduct a thorough analysis  of each organizations' activities,  and identify  what capacity the
       organizations had to adapt  their activities to best meet the  needs of the  community151.
       Representatives described their organizations' mission and what they had done previously or
       were currently working  on  to reduce the threat of lead  poisoning in the  Metro  East  area.
       Following this discussion, the organizations then putforth ideas regarding how  they  could
       eliminate the redundancy of lead-focused services, how  they might collaborate, and how they
       might even join resources to better address local lead issues.152  The spirit of cooperation that
       emerged from the initial meeting was positive so the organizations agreed to meet every two
       months at St. Mary's Hospital.  At subsequent meetings,  members would update the  other
       members on their organization's  progress and talk further about how they might potentially
       assist each other.

             The EPA official developed the agendas, distributed announcements and meeting  times
       via electronic mail, and then  facilitated the collaborative meetings.  She began collaborative
       discussions by describing a potential collaborative  strategy.  The official would then ask how
72     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
many agree to this approach by asking for a show of hands.  Following this she would then
begin asking those who did not agree what their concerns were and how the strategy could be
modified to obtain their support.  On most issues, consensus was reached.  Consensus in the
context of the  collaborative discussions did
satisfied  with  the  decision;  rather  that
everyone  could  live  with  the decision.153
Since  the early  meetings  were  primarily
forums for better  understanding each of the
other organizations, instead of collectively
strategizing how lead work in East St.  Louis
should  best  be accomplished, the issues
were not  overly contentious.   Regarding
some  topics,  however,  members  would
reach a point where they  would agree to
disagree.   This  was  especially  true for
discussions that  centered  on  government
rules and  regulations.154
                                           not mean that  everyone was to be completely
                                                    Original Metro-East Lead
                                                          Collaborative
                                                        Coordinating Body
                                                   Health and
                                                 Communication
                                                 Subcommittee
  Lead and
 Brownfields
Subcommittee
                                            Figure 19. EPA Representation of the original Metro East
                                            Lead Collaborative.
       Soon  after  these  initial  meetings,
participants in  the  collaborative  organized
themselves   into   two    subcommittees
according to resources and expertise.  The
subcommittees held meetings outside of the
larger        collaborative        meetings.
Subcommittee   members   also   regularly
spoke  with each other via electronic  mail
and  the telephone.   Although  the subcommittees did not  have designated  chairpersons,
members discussed opportunities for working together to ensure the continuance of lead testing
and  community  outreach  on  lead  issues,  and  the  identification  and  cleanup  of lead
contaminated sties  and homes.   From  these  discussions emerged unofficial  plans of action,
which included  basic goals, and how each subcommittee member would contribute to achieving
these goals.  The subcommittee members then discussed their plans at the full collaborative
meetings.  The  plans generated questions and  discussions from collaborative members but they
were both accepted. Following this, the subcommittees then began to provide  regular updates
on their success at full collaborative meetings.

       The management of the high number of organizations participating in the collaborative at
one point did become somewhat challenging for the EPA official.  Nevertheless, she remained
committed  to  keeping  everyone  updated  about  collaborative  meetings  and  activities.
Meanwhile, support and enthusiasm for the effort remained strong.  Potential reasons that the
organizations continued to meet are likely several, but some most likely include: (1) a shared
belief and  commitment across organizations that the goal of lead prevention  would  be better
achieved by  participating  in these dialogue  sessions;* (2) the commitment  of the  different
organizations'  leadership, which  gave  staff a  mandate to  actively participate;155 and  (3) the
leadership, interpersonal, and networking skills of the facilitator and representatives of several
organizations including St. Mary's Hospital, the  City, and the County.
 One indicator of this commitment, according to the EPA official, was the flexibility shown by several organizational
representatives who regularly adjusted their schedules to continue participating in Collaborative meetings that
frequently continued past their scheduled time (Noemi Emeric, City of Los Angeles; Brownfields Program Manager
(formerly with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency;  Region 5), Phone Interview, 21 January 2003.
Metro East Lead Collaborative
                                                                                             73

-------
             Reducing redundancy of services was a critical focus of the collaborative. One area of
       redundancy identified by the City, County, and local health department centered on the various
       lead safety brochures distributed by numerous different organizations, all containing different
       information. To counter this, each organization participating in the collaborative contributed lead
       safety information specific to each organization that was combined  into a single lead safety
       brochure that included a Metro East Lead Collaborative  logo.  Another instance centered on
       how collaborative members should best interact with the community on lead remediation efforts.
       At one meeting EPA explained that it desired to notify tenants and homeowners it suspected
       had yards containing high lead levels through a formal notification process.  A letter was to be
       sent to residents describing the problem and  indicating a number to call if they wanted their
       yards tested.  Other federal representatives in attendance  agreed with this approach.  However,
       local government and  non-profit  organizations argued  that  the  only  way residents would
       respond  affirmatively would  be to go  door-to-door and explain  the problem.   After  some
       discussion, members of the  collaborative agreed  to a process that they felt would not only
       inform a  greater percentage  of residents of potential lead dangers in their yards, but, at the
       same  time,  inform  them  of  opportunities  for  free lead-blood screening  and indoor  lead
       remediation. To do this, three  MELC members—EPA, Neighbors United for Progress, and the
       Community Development Block Grant Operation—formed a three-person team that traveled
       door-to-door in the affected neighborhoods. The team focused on:  1) educating residents  about
       i) the threats of indoor and  outdoor lead  contamination, ii)  opportunities  for  blood-lead
       screening, iii)  opportunities for indoor lead remediation; and iv) opportunities for outdoor lead
       remediation; and 2) helping residents fill-out the appropriate forms to access these  services.
       According to one of the partners closely involved in  this effort, this multi-pronged team-approach
       was much more efficient than traditional practices and much more mindful of residents'  time.156

             Since October 2001, the MELC processes have changed considerably. For example the
       coordinating and facilitating responsibilities, once mainly  assumed  by EPAs regional office in
       Chicago, are  now provided locally^  St.  Mary's Hospital of East St. Louis began  providing
       coordination and communication responsibilities while meeting many of the  facilitation needs.
       The hospital's department of Environmental  Health & Community Action works closely with
       other members of the collaborative to develop meeting  agendas and to move forward with
       collaborative-identified projects and goals.  Members of  the collaborative have  widened their
       leadership  efforts  by serving on local  and  regional  boards and committees  to further
       coordination efforts,  including increased  partnership  with  the St.   Louis  Lead Prevention
       Coalition, a non-profit regional  agency working to  end childhood lead poisoning in the  metro
       region.  Increased  participation by MELC agencies in MELC  leadership, as well as regional
       leadership, has increased ownership  over the collaborative process  and also decreases the
       MELC's  overall dependence on EPA for coordination.157  While many residents of the East St.
       Louis  area are not directly  participating in the MELC  meetings, the  empowerment of the
       community groups and service  providers representing  them in  the collaborative  helps  to
       increase the sustainability of the MELC.

             In addition, MELC members agreed to begin rotating the MELC meeting place every four
       months  during  which  a different organization with the collaborative  assumed increased
       responsibilities.  However after recognizing that rotating meeting places hurt attendance levels,
       the MELC returned to holding its meetings once again at St. Mary's Hospital with coordination
       provided by the hospital.
       tThe EPA official involved in the early coordination of the MELC was Noemi Emeric. She has since taken a position
       with the City of Los Angeles and can be contacted at 213-978-0863. To learn more about the on-going work of the
       MELC contact 618-482-7080 or see the MELC website at: www.metroeastcollaborative.com/.
74     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       This case study explores background material and interviewee's responses to selected
questions from  early October 2001.  Therefore the goals, activities, and findings of this case
study describe the MELC before it underwent the transformation described above.

Collaborative Goals

       The MELC's overall goal was  to  improve children's health in  the affected areas  by
coordinating existing locally-based efforts to address lead.   By sharing information and limited
resources, the MELC expected to reduce  the redundancy of the lead-related activities already
underway in the East St. Louis area.  Specific benefits of MELC's coordination efforts were to
include:

•  Assessment of uncontrolled lead releases to surface soils in residential yards, schoolyards
   and parks;
•  Lead-based paint hazard assessment and remediation throughout the county;
•  Housing rehabilitation and the removal  of lead from  abandoned lots;
•  Blood lead screening of children and pregnant mothers; and
•  Medical care referrals for cases of high lead blood content.158

Collaborative Activities

       At the time of the interviews the MELC's main activities centered on securing funding,
lead  testing, cleanup and outreach. The MELC effectively organized and tapped into the many
resources provided by the  individual partners.  The MELC had secured over $3,250,000 from
the Army Corps of Engineers,  the  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),  the U.S,
Housing  and Urban Development Agency (HUD), U.S. Department of  Agriculture  (USDA)
Natural Resources Conservation Service,  the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency, the St.
Clair  County   Intergovernmental  Grants  Department,  and   East St.   Louis  Community
Development Block Grant Office159 for the effort.   MELC applied these resources to implement
different projects that facilitated the achievement of their goals.

       Once necessary resources were secured,  partner members fully sampled and mapped
the affected communities to  identify lead-contaminated homes and industrial sites, and later
began  to identify high-risk groups in  the area.   By  early  October 2001, five homes  were
completely remediated and 75 were identified and  waiting to be  completed.  Five industrial sites
were in the  process of being cleaned,  and twenty others were identified.  Approximately 25
percent of the children under age six in St. Clair County were tested for high blood lead levels
and St. Mary's Hospital and other partners continue to  test the community children's blood lead
levels.  After children  with high blood  lead levels are identified their names are given to the
County.  The County  then passes these  high blood lead level notifications, and subsequent
identification of possible property remediation sites,  to MELC partners  responsible for site
remediation. The MELC then sends an MELC representative to personally notify the families
whose children  have high blood lead levels and assist them with home remediation applications.
Following these actions site cleanup begins.

       The MELC is also actively implementing an outreach campaign in order to (1) educate
residents of the dangers of lead poisoning, (2) inform  residents of the existence of the MELC,
and (3) describe how the  MELC can help residents solve their lead-related health risks. To
assist with its campaign, the MELC employs the media and regularly releases press kits.  Part
of this  effort resulted in a news special that reported the dangers of lead poisoning in the East
St. Louis area, which aired  on KPLR WB 11  in  St.  Louis. The MELC also distributes brochures
Metro East Lead Collaborative                                                                  75

-------
       and flyers to local church leaders and community members describing why lead is a problem,
       who is affected most by lead, the symptoms of lead poisoning, where children can  be tested,
       how the doctor checks for lead, what parents  can do to protect their children  from  lead
       poisoning,  and where lead is found around the house.  Similarly, MELC partners  have also
       handed out "Lead Folders" which contain magnets and bookmarks with information that children
       can share with their parents.  Moreover, MELC partners have written articles, describing lead
       health-risks and MELC support services, that have been featured in  community newsletters
       including the St. Mary's "Neighborhood Care", "Lead A Special Edition", and the "Community
       Environmental Resource Program newsletter".

             In addition, the MELC hosts community meetings in order to disperse information about
       lead poisoning. For example, the MELC held two meetings in the Jackie Joyner Kersee Youth
       Center  in East St  Louis.   Although  attendance  by local  residents was low, those who did
       participate  received free blood lead screenings and school supplies for their children  ages zero
       to 14 years.  MELC partners also provided updates on MELC activities  including the ongoing
       lead soil sampling investigation, the lead paint and housing rehabilitation initiative, and the blood
       lead screening and  education campaign. Finally, the MELC also trains local residents to act as
       community facilitators and share information about the dangers of lead to their neighbors.

             The following sections primarily describe interviewees' responses to questions gathered
       from interviews conducted  by EPA's Office of Policy,  Economics, and Innovation during the
       week of October  1,  2001.   The  sections focus  on interviewees'  impressions  regarding
       measuring  collaborative success, collaborative successes and challenges, recommendations for
       improving  the  collaborative,  overall  value of the  collaborative, and  the  value  of federal
       involvement in the collaborative.

       Measuring Collaborative Success

             The MELC  has not developed an  evaluation and  monitoring framework to  track
       implementation of activities and measure.  Nevertheless, the interviewees did have several
       suggestions regarding this topic. Six out of the ten  mentioned the importance of being able to
       gather quantifiable data to measure success. These  interviewees suggested counting the actual
       number of contaminated sites cleaned up, homes made  safe from lead paint, and  children
       tested and  treated for lead poisoning.  Along these lines, one interviewee added that  the MELC
       should work to have 125  homes cleaned  of lead paint by the end of December 2002. Two
       interviewees suggested conducting  a comparative  study that would quantify the number of
       children with decreasing blood  lead levels after the implementation of lead  removal actions.
       Similarly another interviewee mentioned conducting a comparative analysis of  blood lead levels
       in children  of this generation with those of the next.   In terms of what would actually constitute
       success, more broadly, one interviewee mentioned that overall reduction of lead contamination
       in East St.  Louis would be one measure. Other interviewees suggested measures including
       improved capacity of the community to address lead contamination issues, visible changes in
       the local environment, housing  redevelopment, the  inflow of money and people back into the
       community, and the development of additional green spaces.

       Collaborative Successes

             The majority of interviewees were satisfied with the role they played in  the development
       of the MELC and  their ability  to participate within the partnership.  In addition,  all  of the
       interviewees thought the issues most important to  their organizations were being adequately
       addressed.   One  community  interviewee specifically mentioned  being pleased  to  see an
       emphasis  on community  capacity  building  demonstrated through local  environmental job
76     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
training in cleanup techniques for the community. Along these lines, an agency representative
stated  that the MELC was doing a good job coordinating its efforts, siting as an example St.
Mary's Hospital's willingness to refocus on some of EPA's goals.

       When asked about the outcomes, or results, of the partner activities for addressing the
main issues of the affected community, few common themes emerged* Two remarked that the
partnership is not  yet mature enough to have the intended impact on the community.  Two other
interviewees noted that the partnership has resulted in the injection of additional resources into
the affected areas. Two additional interviewees remarked that the partnership has resulted in
the communication to residents about environmental and public health risks. Related to public
education,  another  interviewee explained that because of the collaborative,  agencies  are
developing a better understanding  of the issues facing  the affected community.  Another
interviewee explained that the collaborative has resulted in the cleanup of five homes with 75
more to go. Finally,  one interviewee stated that, "The cleanup is having a major impact.The
realtors are aware...that we are testing with St.  Mary's."

       When asked if they were satisfied with the outcomes of their activities so far four of the
ten interviewees that answered the  question said unequivocally yes.  Five interviewees were
somewhat satisfied with the current  outcomes.  They clarified by stating that: (1)  they were
afraid that the activities could not be sustained by the community organizations if other partners
did not continue to participate; (2) the activities were not being performed fast enough; and (3)
there is always more to be done. Finally, one interviewee thought it was too early to comment
since "he/she did not know what the outcomes were yet."

       The interviewees did not express a consensus about the "greatest success" of the MELC
and several responses focused on different qualities of the MELC.  Five out of ten interviewees
agreed that the MELC's greatest success was its ability to join  diverse groups together and
provide a forum  where these  organizations  could effectively  discuss what resources and
expertise each could provide. They added that this information exchange reduced duplication of
efforts.  Further,  by  better understanding   what  each  organization  could  provide,   the
organizations were able to more effectively identify contaminated sites and children at risk from
lead poisoning  and  more quickly initiate  lead  remediation activities.  Two interviewees  also
mentioned the procurement,  organization, and  assignment of funds within the collaboration as a
major success. On a related note, one interviewee commented how  impressive it was that the
MELC  had been able to accomplish  so much without one major argument, especially given the
diverse organizations participating. Another commented that one of the important achievements
of the  MELC has been  its "staying power," adding that the MELC  is not only  surviving  but
actually gaining momentum.

       Other successes  of  the  collaborative  mentioned by two interviewees  included  the
assessment of soil contamination and the identification  of contaminated  sites/houses.  More
specifically two community interviewees mentioned the identification of twenty  contaminated
sites and the subsequent cleanup  of five as  the project's greatest  success.   One further
explained that EPA's follow-through on  this  remediation  work  was a major success.  Two
interviewees commented that even though the community  residents were not empowered as
individuals, the community organizations  involved in the collaboration were, which to them was
seen as a success.  Other successes mentioned included fostering of community pride, and the
designation of the MELC as an Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Project.
 During the interview process, interviewees were asked questions about both the outcomes of partner activities, and
the impact of activities for the affected communities. From the responses, it was clear that most interviewees viewed
the partnership activities in terms of outcomes, not impact. Therefore, the term outcome is used throughout this
discussion.
Metro East Lead Collaborative                                                                  77

-------
       Collaborative Challenges

              Interviewees  gave many different answers when asked  about the greatest challenge
       facing the MELC.  Although several  viewed the level of coordination within the MELC as a
       success, six of the ten interviewees also mentioned continued coordination and cooperation as
       the most significant difficulty.  Interviewees  added that trust issues proved  a major barrier to
       working together. For instance, three  mentioned that individual organizations were reluctant to
       share their information, knowledge, and expertise with other partners.  They went on to say that
       this was being addressed by focusing on effective communication between partners as well as
       through the increased understanding of the roles each partner played within the MELC. Another
       barrier  to  collaborative  effectiveness was  voiced  by three interviewees  and  centered  on
       difficulties in ensuring organizational involvement, keeping the MELC focused, and maintaining
       momentum for MELC's efforts.  They said this might be  due to a lack of coordination. Many
       interviewees suggested that the MELC hire or assign an individual/organization to fill the role of
       coordinator.  These  interviewees,  however, clarified their  remarks  noting that too much
       dependence on a coordinator may  undermine the sustainability of the MELC, especially if the
       coordinator were to leave.*

             Seven  interviewees  suggested that  other main  challenges were the (1)  inability to
       generate community awareness of the existence of the MELC or the dangers of lead poisoning,
       and the (2) inability to gather local support for MELC sponsored activities. Interviewees stated
       that the MELC has employed  an extensive outreach campaign, however, several factors have
       limited the MELC's ability to work with the community.   Two interviewees suggested that the
       reason  residents were so  hesitant to  take part in the project were  trust  issues with the
       government and one interviewee thought the residents actually  perceived  the MELC as the
       "government"  rather then a  collaborative including local  non-government organizations.  The
       two interviewees added that the MELC could not build community support because the MELC
       did not truly understand the community and therefore could not  communicate effectively with
       community  residents.   For example, one  interviewee  cited  HUD's challenging  application
       process for home redevelopment, which inhibited parents from applying even when they were
       fully aware their children had high blood lead levels.  According to that interviewee, in order to
       overcome  this problem the  MELC  has its members personally accompany  notices informing
       parents that their children are poisoned.  The MELC representative then directly assists the
       residents in filling out the home redevelopment applications.

             The final  challenge to  progress mentioned was  regulatory  barriers.  Two interviewees
       stated that none of the federal agencies involved in the partnership are able to use their money
       for demolition. It was further  stated that this  poses a real  problem in East St. Louis, since
       derelict structures are one of the major hazards in the area.

       Interviewee's Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

             Interviewees responded with many suggestions when asked how to improve the MELC
       in the future.   Six  interviewees  mentioned  that  increasing  the  number and diversity of the
       participants would be  beneficial.  Four  interviewees stated that  a greater number of federal
       participants could increase both  the MELC's scope and effectiveness. Two other interviewees
       mentioned the need for greater partner diversity within the MELC  expressed  through increased
       * It is worth mentioning that the MELC has addressed many of these challenges through reorganizing the partnership
       process. According to one MELC member rotating the lead coordinator role has increased the level of individual
       partner participation, fostered information sharing, and improved the overall momentum of the project.
78     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
participation from local political leaders and businesses.  They indicated that local government
(the Mayor) should be represented in order to increase trust between the MELC and community
residents. The interviewees also stated that the MELC would benefit if it took greater strides to
include and educate landowners and landlords of the MELC's work.  The interviewees thought
this might greatly facilitate housing remediation.

      Three interviewees stated the MELC could benefit most from an  increase in funding.
Another interviewee commented that every entity within the partnership should help  secure
funding. Three interviewees expressed that additional time spent discussing each partner's role
and the resources they could  provide would be most helpful.  For example, one interviewee said
every member of the partnership should have a working knowledge of every other organization
in the partnership, and be able to refer questions to appropriate individuals. Along these lines,
one  interviewee mentioned  that the roles  of  the participants  be better  defined within the
collaboration in order to better coordinate the MELC's activities in the community.  Further, two
interviewees mentioned that  a coordinator/secretary should be used to pull the group together
and  help keep it  focused.  Interviewees suggested  that a community  facilitator be  used,
someone who was well known in the community to act as a liaison. One interviewee mentioned
a team building retreat in order to build trust.

Interviewee's Recommendations for Other Communities

      Eight of the ten interviewees offered suggestions for other communities  interested in
using collaborative partnerships to address  environmental justice issues.  Six stressed the
importance of  having the partnership be  locally  led.  These  interviewees stressed that
community organizations  should lead locally based partnerships since they are closest to the
community and its problems,  and would, therefore, more easily gain the trust of local residents.
Three interviewees  emphasized that local partnerships need an array of partners including
representatives from community organizations  as well as federal, state,  and local agencies.
They  implied  that this would not only increase the amount  of resources available  to a
collaborative but also allow for more procedural flexibility for using those resources. Along these
lines,  two interviewees stated that collaborative partnerships should work  to ensure that "the
right people" get involved, particularly partners  with a common mission who can easily join
services and organize resources. Another interviewee recommended that partnerships work to
define roles of the collaborative members and ensure that the lines of communication between
partners  stay  open.  In  addition,  one  interviewee suggested that the  goal of  collaborative
partnerships should be to  empower local residents to help themselves.

Value of the Collaborative Partnership

      Interviewees gave a variety of answers when asked about the value of the collaborative
process.  Nine out of the ten interviewees  stated  that the issues facing  the East St.  Louis
community would not have been addressed to the same extent, if at all, had the MELC not been
formed.   However, one interviewee did comment that it "was hard to say since EPA [and many
of the other organizations in  the MELC] had been working in the area for a long time." This
interviewee acknowledged that many organizations had been working in  the area before the
formation of the collaborative,  and suggested that it is  impossible to  know how much these
organizations would have  accomplished separately.

      Five  interviewees  stated that the  collaborative process  was most useful in stopping
redundancy of services.   This was  accomplished by opening the  lines of communication
between  MELC members, which allowed them  to learn what other partners were doing in the
community and organize their resources and  actions accordingly.  For example, one interviewee
Metro East Lead Collaborative                                                                  79

-------
       commented that, "Everyone is doing their own little piece of the pie," rather than trying to tackle
       this large and complex  problem on their own.   Two stated that the collaborative process
       increased  individual  partners'  capacity to work together. They went  on to say  that  the
       collaborative process has enabled organizations within the MELC to develop a much better
       understanding of what it means to work together.   The lines of communication  have been
       opened and the organizations are more likely to work together in the future.  Two interviewees
       also stressed that the collaborative process resulted in a more  effective outreach campaign
       focused  on  educating residents on the  dangers  of  lead poisoning and opportunities for
       assistance.  However, one interviewee did criticize the process the MELC was following.  The
       individual thought that this process was too slow thereby allowing gaps to form while services
       were being delivered, citing as an example, the two-month delay between  child lead  testing and
       the follow-up calls to the families.

             Along these lines,  interviewees were asked if the MELC could be used to address similar
       issues that the East St. Louis community may face in the future.  Six out of eight interviewees
       were very confident that the model could  be used  for future issues. Three mentioned that
       organizations within the  partnership were  already  thinking about how  the model could be
       implemented to combat asthma.  One interviewee stated  that the MELC model has already
       been used  as a  basis framework for  a  similar collaboration  in the nearby  community of
       Washington Park. Two interviewees, however, were skeptical. One was unsure if the residents
       even knew the MELC existed, and the other did not think that the community had the resources
       to further address the lead issues without continued federal intervention.

             Finally, interviewees were asked if the organizational styles and procedures of different
       partners were  barriers in the  collaborative  process.   No  interviewee felt  that the  different
       organizational styles limited the performance of the MELC.  Several, in fact, remarked how the
       MELC used the differences of the organizations to its advantage.  For example, one noted that
       during MELC's initial stages, participating organizations were given particular tasks that fit within
       each organization's  mission to  help carry out and fulfill the collaborative goals.    In  addition,
       seven out of the ten interviewees remarked  that the nature of a collaborative process is to
       overcome procedural restrictions. For instance, since EPA did not have  the jurisdiction to  test
       the blood lead levels of children, two other partners took action.  St. Clair County obtained a
       necessary grant and St. Mary's  Hospital had staff conduct the actual testing.  EPA can now use
       the results of the tests to  direct  additional federal attention on contaminated sites for cleanup in
       East St.  Louis.

       Value of the Federal Involvement in the Partnership

             Six of the eight interviewees who answered had positive things  to say about federal
       involvement in the MELC. Two non-federal interviewees went so far as to say that the MELC
       would not have existed without  the federal partners and, subsequently, the problems would not
       have been  addressed.   Four  interviewees stated that the agencies contributed  funds and
       expertise to the MELC. They also said that the federal agency representatives maintained open
       lines of communication, were easily accessible, answered questions, and provided advice to the
       other MELC members. Two said, the federal agencies helped foster a more holistic approach to
       problem  solving in this community.  Two interviewees mentioned that federal involvement
       brought attention to the affected communities and gave the project needed credibility.

             When asked what the federal agencies gained by participating in the MELC six out of
       seven interviewees stated that  the federal  agencies now have greater community  awareness.
       They added that the federal agencies  are now  better able to assess the capabilities of the
       communities they  are working  with.  One community interviewee mentioned that "we have
80     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
opened their eyes and they can see  our handicaps."  Interviewees representing community
partners mentioned that the agencies  have  gained an increased sensitivity to peoples'  needs
and are aware that they have to customize the information and solutions they supply to the
communities  they are dealing with. The federal agencies have learned how to listen to the
communities  they are trying to help.  Moreover, they are better equipped to work with the
communities  rather than "tell the local  representatives what to do."  For instance, according to
one interviewee in East St. Louis the agencies have learned that mass  mailings do not work,
and a  television/radio outreach approach is best in  that community.    Another interviewee
commented that the federal agencies have learned how to "network" with one another and will
be better able to work together in the future.

       When  asked whether  federal  agencies have been  able  to  better coordinate their
activities as a result of their involvement in  the MELC, interviewees responded positively.  All
the interviewees stated  that the federal agencies have  been better able to coordinate their
activities as a result of the collaborative process. The agency representatives said that they are
coordinating  better  between  themselves,  and  one  even  saw  improvement  in  his/her
relationships  with state  agencies  participating  with  him/her on  other projects.   Many
interviewees expressed that the agencies are sharing information and "thinking outside the box."
One interviewee mentioned that the agencies are coordinating to innovatively use funds and
other resources on the project. However, two interviewees did say that despite these gains the
agencies could do better. Specifically,  they could do a better job of sharing information, pooling
ideas, and defining their roles within the MELC.

       Interviewees were also asked what federal  agencies could do in  order to better
participate within  community-based collaboratives.   Two out of the seven  interviewees that
answered  this question stressed the importance that federal agencies ensure participation of
local federal  agency representatives.  In this case the EPA representative was stationed  in
Chicago, and many of the other federal representatives had their offices well out of the East St.
Louis area. One interviewee stated that it is very important to have a community-based person
participating with the federal agencies, one that can act as a liaison between the collaborative
and the community.  The interviewee made this suggestion in reference to the trust  issues
between the  community and  the "government." This interviewee believes that the residents
equate the MELC with  the "government." Two interviewees stated that the federal agencies
should better recognize their  responsibility to provide funding.  One added that  the agencies
should better advertise the grants  that are available to combat the problems facing  the target
community. However, two interviewees stated that it is important for the federal agencies to be
"more hands on," and that agencies should participate in collaboratives not only with money, but
also with a willingness to share information and planning responsibilities.  An interviewee said it
is important for federal agencies to work to find a collaborative model that works for the affected
community.   Another stated  that  time  should  be spent identifying  the problems and the
resources  available to combat those problems.

Key Findings

•  The collaborative approach used by the MELC has enabled its member organizations to
   reduce duplication and improve efficiency of key activities.  For instance, the coordination of
   blood lead level testing, site/house remediation, and community outreach programs in East
   St.  Louis and the surrounding region.  Without the collaborative process it is unlikely that the
   problems  facing the  affected  community  would  have been  addressed as  efficiently or
   effectively.
Metro East Lead Collaborative                                                                   81

-------
       •   The members of the MELC regarded the collaboration as a success. However, interviewees
          did see a possibility for improved  local  participation. Interviewees suggested that agency
          representatives should have local offices in the region and that the MELC should have local
          membership including local political leaders.  The  interviewees said that a collaborative
          would achieve its goals most efficiently when it is locally lead.

       •   A major challenge faced by the MELC was a lack of trust between partner members for each
          other.  In  order to  increase trust between members it was suggested that every partner
          should have a working knowledge of every other partner.

       •   The MELC has also had difficulties effectively communicating with  local residents about its
          programs. To overcome this the MELC has focused  on improving its understanding of local
          residents and modified its outreach  campaigns accordingly.

       •   Although the MELC has made significant strides  to reduce risks from lead, a substantial
          number of interviewees' feel that the MELC would  be even more effective if the partner
          organizations' roles were better defined and/or a full time coordinator was hired. Since
          October 2001 the MELC has modified its procedures and better defined partner roles.  This
          action may have addressed the concerns voiced by the interviewees.

       Afterword

             According to a facilitating member of the  collaborative who has been involved in MELC
       coordination since the summer of 2001, the collaborative  continues to meet every two months in
       general meetings, and as frequently as two times a month in committee meetings to move
       special projects and goals forward.  Development of educational materials and programming, a
       community  health educator program that trains  community residents, development of MELC
       promotional materials,  and the obtainment of additional  resources represent just a few of the
       MELC's more recent efforts.  In addition, an  informal MELC leadership  team working to provide
       strategic recommendations for the general collaborative's review and approval has emerged
       over the course of the past six months.

             Additionally,  the MELC has  taken a great deal  of regional leadership and helped to
       design a regional campaign, Lead-Free 2003, which included production of a  calendar funded
       through  combined  partner efforts  that showcases  children's artwork promoting lead-safe
       messages.  Additionally, the MELC began a federal letter campaign in March 2002, which
       eventually culminated in a regional event bringing regional partners together with ten high level
       federal officials visiting  from six agencies.  Participants spent the day touring the area,  learning
       about current local  capacity to address lead poisoning,  and discussing strategies to  increase
       this capacity.   Based  on feedback received through this process,  MELC  members began
       developing a five-year strategic plan. The strategic plan will be available on the collaborative's
       web site (www.metroeastcollaborative.com)  and  in print  by March 2003. In addition, a MELC
       documentary highlighting the collaborative process produced by Illinois  EPA will be available by
       April 2003.

             While there  have been changes in  membership and individual leadership, the MELC
       remains mission-driven, coordinated, and committed to improving the health and well-being of
       children and their families in the Metro East.160
82     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
          6
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership
          For community there was a self-consciousness.   They wanted to see a change.
          There was a focus on making sure change occurred.

          My mayor-he asked me and several people [to participate in the Partnership].  He
          told  me...you  go to this and  represent [our community].   I participated  as a
          community team person and facilitator.

          I've been in the agency for 24 years. That may have been the best collaborative
          effort I have seen. Everyone involved took a piece of the project. Team effort all the
          way.

          As far as going in there to do what the resource plan called us to do - yes. There is
          always more that can be done to help the community.
                                                 — Interviewees, New Madrid Partnership
Community History
       Howardville,  Lilbourn, and North Lilbourn are three  small rural communities grouped
closely together in the Bootheel region of Missouri, approximately 175 miles south of St. Louis
and less than five miles from the Mississippi River.  Howardville and North  Lilbourn are both
nearly  100 percent African American, while Lilbourn is roughly 60  percent Caucasian and 40
percent African American.  Surrounded  mainly by privately  held farmlands,  a majority of the
local residents are employed by the nearby farms, agricultural businesses,161 and industries in
the region.  Neither Howardville, Lilbourn,  nor  North Lilbourn, however, have a sustainable
economic base and a majority of residents live in poverty and  reside in substandard housing.162

       Up until the late 19th century, much of Southeast Missouri was covered by water.  In the
1890s, however, efforts were made to drain some of the area in order to provide additional land
for settlements and farming.  Lilbourn, located just north  of Howardville and just south of North
Lilbourn, was  built  up  around a railroad junction  in this region starting at the turn  of the
century.163 Today it is the largest of the three communities with a population of just over 2,000.
Howardville  and North  Lilbourn were first  established in the late  1930s when  the  Farmers'
Security Administration  built housing for sharecroppers164 displaced by increased reliance on
farming machinery.165  In the following decades, Howardville and  North Lilbourn,  along with
Lilbourn, were beset with unemployment problems  and  a continued  "socio-economic demise"
resulting from the region's transformation to machinery-based agriculture.  Without a thriving
economic base, "[dilapidated houses, debris, and vacant lots gradually emerged as residents
could not afford household  repairs or to  rebuild homes that burned down."  Although the
communities had some  success in securing basic  services,  residents are faced with several
environmental hazards,  in part due to lack of funding to support local infrastructure and maintain
 Interviews for this case study were conducted during the weeks of September 24 and October 1, 2001. Nine
separate interviews were conducted and a total of thirteen persons participated. Interviewees included community
members, representatives of local and regional organizations, and representatives of federal agencies.
                                                                                           83

-------
       housing.   Threats include  "lead,  radon,  and carbon  monoxide exposure  resulting  from
       substandard  housing, inadequate water  and wastewater treatment, water contamination by
       pesticides  and fertilizers; and  presence of potential  disease vectors  such  as mosquitoes,
       roaches, and rats."166  Residents have  also expressed  concern about use of a defoliant  in
       nearby cotton fields that residents claim contributes to outbreaks of asthma.

             Despite common challenges and a willingness shown by community residents to work  to
       improve their living situations, the three communities have not always worked well together.  In
       the 1960s, Lilbourn, historically the most diverse and prosperous of the three communities,
       secured  a safe drinking water supply.   In 1965, North Lilbourn  installed a  connection  to
       Lilbourn's drinking water supply. The financial arrangement between the two, however, proved
       satisfactory to no one, and for many years following, arguments between the two communities
       centered on how much North Lilbourn should be charged for water use. The debate climaxed  in
       1995 and,  after three years of assistance from a team of lawyers from the U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency's regional office in Kansas City, an acceptable water use agreement between
       the two communities was finally reached.

             Around  this time, the three communities  showed a  willingness to work together  to
       address  some  common difficulties after North Lilbourn initially sought help on its own.  This
       cooperative effort had its origins in 1995 when the North  Lilbourn community, frustrated by the
       continued economic and  environmental problems facing its community,  sent a letter directly  to
       the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), an  agency within the U.S. Department  of
       Agriculture, asking for help.  NRCS officials based in Missouri responded by holding meetings
       and conducting walking tours in the community.  After observing North  Lilbourn's severe living
       conditions167, NRCS began  working with the community residents to  identify and  prioritize
       community needs.  During this  time, recognizing the benefits of working together to address
       common problems, Howardville and Lilbourn sought to  join  the partnership with NRCS and
       North Lilbourn.168 All the communities and NRCS  agreed to this and subsequently formed the
       New Madrid Tri-Community Team.

       Partnership Background
             After  the  partners  concluded  their
       community  assessments  in  1997, the  Tri-
       Community  Team  and  NRCS  requested
       community   development  assistance   from
       numerous federal,  state, and local entities.  In
       August 1997, NRCS hosted a large meeting
       in North Lilbourn  with  representatives  from
       approximately  thirty different organizations.
       Among the  players that emerged  as  key
       partners, in  addition to NRCS and the  Tri-
       Community Team,  were EPA's regional office
       and a regional planning organization referred
       to  as  the  Great Rivers Alliance  Natural
       Resource Districts  (GRAND).  Together, EPA,
       NRCS, and GRAND+ formed an  interagency
       agreement    that    defined    how    these
       organizations would work together  to  best
                                             New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership

                                                         Tri-Community Team
                                             Technical
                                              Advisory
                                               Team
                                            Figure 20. EPA Representation of New Madrid Tri-
                                            Community Organizational Structure
       f GRAND is based in St. Louis and is closely affiliated with the Natural Resources Conservation Service. Formed in
       1994, GRAND's overall mission is to coordinate soil and water districts in Illinois and Missouri.
84
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
meet the needs of the New Madrid communities.

       Following the formation of the original partnership, EPA's new Child Health Champion
Campaign was launched in 1997, to place added emphasis on protecting children's health.  In
1998, EPA selected the Tri-Community for a Child Health Champion national  pilot project.
Following its selection, the Tri-Community Partnership organized to ensure that the overarching
objectives of  the  Children's  Health  Initiative  would  be  met.  The modified  partnership
organizational  structure  included the Community  Team,  made up of the  mayors  plus three
mayor-appointed residents from each community;  a  Technical Advisory Team, represented by
government  and community  service organizations; and  a coordinating organization  led  by
GRAND, responsible for the distribution of project funding made available by EPA's Office of
Children's Health and overall project coordination.169 Major partners included representatives
from Howardville, Lilboum, and  North  Lilbourn,170 GRAND, NRCS,  EPA,  the Bootheel Lead
Nurses Association, the Delta Area Economic Development Corporation,  Headstart*,  and the
Lincoln University Cooperative Extension.171 Together, these organizations agreed to a mission
statement provided below that outlines their overall  vision.
                   Mission Statement of the New Madrid Partnership
              as stated in New Madrid Child Health Champion Action Plan
   Our Mission is to create self-sustaining communities by building trust, communication and
 collaboration within communities of Howardvile, Lilbourn, and North Lilbourn. We will prioritize
 and resolve various environmental challenges and improve the environment in our homes and
           communities to protect our children from these environmental hazards.


       Child Health Champion projects were asked to identify children's environmental  health
hazards; set  community-specific goals;  and then develop  action plans to  eliminate risks to
children.172  EPA provided $35,000  the first year  of the project for baseline  planning  and
assessment, and then another $100,000 for implementation of project goals. Most of the money
was used to fund a part-time  local coordinator residing in the area, community facilitators,  and
the purchase of materials to help address the priority health risks. EPA was also expected to
provide technical assistance to communities as needed.  However, the process for determining
baseline information, setting goals, and developing the action plan was to be initiated and  led by
the Community Team.173

       Although several  priority areas  were  identified  in the initial Tri-Community  needs
assessments,  EPA requirements for the Child Health Champion  projects encouraged  the
partners to narrow their focus to a handful of priority items.  The core initiatives taking place in
New Madrid came to center  on the  goals developed for the Child  Health Champion project.
However,  other initiatives have taken  or continue to take place in the Tri-Community area that,
although related, are not necessarily  identified  as core partnership activities. These include a
local recycling  project, an energy conservation and home weatherization project,  a farmers'
cooperative, and a Federal  Transit  Authority  Jobs Access Project.174   These  efforts have
received support from NRCS and EPA, but unlike with the Child  Health project, EPA and NRCS
*The Tri-Communities Head Start program is operated by a not-for-profit organization in Howardville. Head Start and
Early Head Start are comprehensive programs focused on young children, pregnant women, and their families. The
Head Start program is administered by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). HHS makes grants
available to local public health agencies, private organizations, Indian Tribes and school systems in order to operate
Head Start programs at the community level (September 5, 2001
http://www2.acf.dhhs.gov/programs/hsb/about/index.htm).
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership
85

-------
       were not necessarily acting in concert in support of these activities.  For clarity, this case study
       will primarily focus on the work conducted by the three communities through the Child Health
       Champion project.

       Partnership Goals and Process

             Starting in the summer of 1998, with the Community Team  in the lead,  partnership
       members worked together to assemble baseline data on environmental and human health risks
       and began identifying risk priorities.  The first meeting took place in June and was facilitated by
       an  EPA  field  representative  based  in  St.  Louis.    The  Community  Team,  including
       representatives from each of the three communities, attended along with the project manager
       representing GRAND, and technical advisors representing NRCS, EPA  and other organizations.
       EPA representatives started the meeting by explaining the details of the project.   EPA then
       suggested a potential plan for selecting priority risks.  After some discussion, the participants
       unanimously agreed to  a  risk  prioritization process.   Participants decided that EPA would
       conduct a science-based data collection on priority environmental and health risks, community
       representatives would talk with their respective communities about what they view as priority
       risks, a member of the  local health department would  discuss priority risks with other health
       department colleagues, and a local Head Start representative would assess priority health risks
       from an education perspective.175 The partnership then held meetings every two weeks through
       December 1998 giving experts, technical advisors, and local residents the opportunity to provide
       different perspectives on the many environmental  threats facing the Tri-Communities.

             Once these were complete, the Community Team and the Technical Advisory Team
       members selected the priority health risks.  To do this,  the EPA facilitator started by listing all
       risks identified by the different researchers as priority health risks.  The facilitator then grouped
       risks that demonstrated  related cause-and-effect patterns in order to ensure that a greater
       number of health risks could be addressed.  Debate about the priority risks included comments
       from  both the technical advisors  as well as community representatives.  However, after  the
       grouping exercise, participants  had little difficulty choosing  the top three risk areas,176 which
       included: childhood lead poisoning, asthma and allergies, and water contaminants.

             Lead exposure was selected  as  a priority issue since  several homes  in the  Tri-
       Community area were built before the use of lead paint in homes was outlawed. Asthma and
       allergies were primarily  chosen as a  priority area since most childhood  illnesses in the area
       requiring treatment or hospitalization are due to  some  form of asthma or allergy.  Finally,  the
       issue of water contaminants was selected  as a  priority area since residents had long voiced
       concerns  regarding both  their drinking water and stagnant water in the area.  Specifically,  the
       Community Team pointed to stagnant water as a common  risk that can contribute to several
       public health problems.  The Team recognized drinking water as a potential  risk since the local
       water treatment facility lacked a quality control process to review effectiveness of drinking water
       treatment techniques.177

             Following the identification of the priority areas, the Community  Team and the Technical
       Advisory Team began operating on two tracks.  The Advisory Team took the role in researching
       potential activities that could be carried out locally to help address the priority environmental
       health risks.  Advisory Team representatives would then meet each week to discuss what each
       was learning. Then, they would participate in bi-weekly meetings held by the Community Team
       to discuss promising activities  and obtain  input  from the Community Team representatives.
       After a series of meetings, the Community Team selected a set of actions to help address each
       priority risk.  Following this, the EPA facilitator and representatives of the Community Team
       together crafted an action plan that described how the risk areas would  be addressed.178
86     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       For the most part, the joint meetings of the Technical Advisory Team and the Community
Team to help identify Action Plan activities worked well.179  Possible reasons why the Technical
Advisory Group and the Community Team worked effectively together include: a strong desire
by all parties to improve health conditions in the Tri-Communities, strong management support
within each of the participating organizations, key logistical  support and timelines putforth by the
Office of Children's Health, effective facilitation at the Child Health Champion meetings, strong
overall project management by GRAND, and the solid foundation  of local collaboration  that
started in 1997.

       However,  according to an  EPA  official,  tension did arise  between  EPA  and NRCS
officials regarding how the joint meetings between the  Technical Advisory Team and the
Community Team should be run. EPA had continued to use the same EPA representative who
facilitated  the initial  Child Health Champion meetings on priority health risks.  NRCS officials,
however,  balked  at this approach  explaining that in order to  strengthen the capacity of the
communities, EPA should play the  role of coach,  instead of leader, and that  EPA should train
and call upon local residents to lead the meetings. If not, NRCS argued, the community would
become too dependent upon EPA assistance. As it happened, at a few meetings, the regular
EPA facilitator could not attend, and the  community participants indicated they did not want to
move forward without  her. Although recognizing  the validity of NRCS' concerns, EPA still felt
compelled to help drive the process of identifying action items forward.  EPA was concerned
that  if  it turned the process of reaching consensus on action items completely  over to the
Community Team, the Community Team  would not be able to meet the deadlines set down by
EPA's Office of Children's Health.  To resolve the issue, EPA began facilitating these meetings
in tandem  with a community representative.180

       The action plan was completed in 1999,181 and  approved for implementation by EPA's
Office of Children's Health in January 2000.182  Following this, a kick-off celebration was held in
New Madrid that included high-ranking officials from  EPA's Office of Children's Health, EPA's
deputy regional  administrator  based in  Kansas
City,  and  Congressional  as well  as  state
representatives.   The  action plan described the
priority  health  risk  areas  along  with  goals,
objectives, and activities,  which together, were
expected  to result in  reduced  risk  from  the
environmental threats.   The  overall  approach
used to address risks  outlined  in the Action Plan
included  a  combination  of education,  capacity
building and proactive measures.183  First, trained
community members as well as technical experts
were  to educate community  members  on  the
three priority risk  areas through a series of risk-
New
Madrid Partnership Approach to
Address Priority Risks
Educate Community
Build Community Capacity
Take Proactive Actions


Figure 21. EPA Representation of New Madrid
Partnership Approach
specific mini-workshops,  door-to-door visits to high-risk families,  and a  major health  fair.
Second, capacity building was to be done by training community members as peer facilitators in
each of the three priority risk areas so they could help lead the mini-workshops and door-to-door
visits  in the community.  Finally,  actions were to be taken to immediately address existing
problems, including planting trees and shrubbery to reduce blowing dust in the area and reduce
risks from allergies, providing in-home sampling kits to test drinking water for insecticides,  and
improving stormwater drainage. A sample from the action plan describing goals, objectives,  and
activities for reducing the threat from lead poisoning is included below:
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership
                                           87

-------
                Tri-Community Team's Efforts to Reduce Children's Exposure to Lead
                                          Community Goals
          Assure that 40% of all families in the Tri-Community has knowledge of the threat of lead
                                  poisoning at no cost to the families

        Provide necessary, time, place, and personnel to screen/test children in the Tri-Community for
                                lead poisoning at no cost to the families

       Facilitate community capacity building for a more informed decision-making process resulting in
      	an improved quality of life	
                                        Measurable Objectives
          All children in the targeted age group (6 mos. -72 mos.) in the three communities will be
             screened/tested in the next 12 months for lead poisoning at no cost to the families.
                                              Activities
                                             Health Fair
                                  Lead Specific Training Workshops
       Figure 22. New Madrid County Tri-Community Partnership Action Plan Excerpt Describing Community
       Goals, Measurable Objectives, and Activities

       Partnership Activities

             Following action plan approval, the next step in the process was to train representatives
       from  the  community on  the  three  priority health  risks areas  so that  they  could  conduct
       educational sessions with  other community residents.  At first, the Community Team planned to
       ask community residents to participate as the facilitators.  However, Community Team members
       ultimately decided that they themselves could  undertake the facilitation efforts.184 Community
       Team meetings then were used  as opportunities to train members as facilitators and to make
       plans for the different educational  sessions that would be provided.185  Community facilitators
       had to undergo training over period of 40-50 hours for each specific  risk or until they showed
       mastery of the  material.186  They  also  had to undergo a pre- and  post-test to assess their
       learning.187  Community facilitators received a small stipend both for the training they received
       and the educational workshops they performed.188

             Different technical experts, provided training to community facilitators on the priority risks
       and how to address them.  In a train-the-trainer workshop on asthma and allergies, for example,
       trainers taught  community facilitators how to  recognize asthma and allergy attacks, advise
       children and parents on the use of  inhalers,  and how to recognize an asthma attack.  They also
       trained them on the various risk-specific pamphlets, booklets, and videos that could be used to
       help  educate  community members.189  According to a Child  Health  Champion  evaluation,
       community facilitators learned  most of the information about the priority health risks by studying
       information from EPA or other sources on their own.190

             Ten Community  Team  members  received  training  as  community  facilitators and
       conducted most of the Child Health Champion education work.191 Implementation of the primary
       Child Health Champion activities took place between the spring  of 2000 and the fall of 2001.
       Community.  Community  facilitators  conveyed information "in group  and  one-on-one  settings
       during health fairs, in classrooms,  and in workshops  set in various community locations."192 A
       health fair, designed to educate  families  about the priority risks and provide professional
       services to address health care concerns related to these risks, was held in  the spring of 2000.
       The health fair involved more  than twenty local health care organizations,  and provided health
       exhibits and demonstrations, workshops for youth on asthma and lead hazards, and elevated
88
Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
blood-lead  level tests for all  children ages six and under who attended the fair.   An  EPA
progress report describes the health fair as very successful, with high attendance by residents
from  each of  the  three  communities.193   Several  mini-workshops focused  on  lead  and
asthma/allergies involving the community facilitators were also conducted and, as of October
2001, were still on going.  As a result of the health fair and mini-workshops, approximately 2,000
adults and 800  children  in the Tri-Community  area  have  been  educated about the  priority
risks.194  For each training, community facilitators issue workshop participants pre-tests and
post-tests to better understand the extent to which participants are enhancing their knowledge
of the priority risk areas.195

       As part  of the Child Health Champion effort, approximately 150 trees for windbreaks
have  also  been  planted  in  North  Lilbourn to reduce  blowing  dust from  the  surrounding
agricultural fields.  However, according to one  partner interviewed, the trees  died because of
poor timing and soil conditions.  Tree planting was scheduled for the other two communities for
the spring of 2001, but it is unclear whether this has been completed.  Remaining activities
include lead  and  asthma home  visits and activities associated  with  water quality.   Mini-
workshops focused on water quality were scheduled  for the  fall of 2001.  In addition, local
stormwater drainage ditches were cleared as part of the effort.

       Furthermore, although not stated as an activity in the action  plan, securing partners and
funding has been an instrumental  partnership activity.  As of October 1, 2001, the partnership
consists of fifteen partners including federal, regional, state, local and community organizations
plus the direct  involvement of each  of the town's  mayors.  Although financial dollars made
available from EPAs Office of Children's Health has been key in ensuring that several major
activities could take place,  contributions from  the Community Team have served as  the
foundation for this effort.  The Community Team assisted with soliciting community input,  project
coordination and the health  education of the Tri-Community citizens.  Also instrumental has
been  the work of GRAND, NRCS, and EPA.  GRAND distributed project funds made available
by EPA and supported a senior project advisor and  part-time local coordinator.  The  NRCS
Midwest Office  committed both  technical and  capacity building assistance.  EPA, through its
regional office,  also provided considerable  technical  and capacity building assistance in  the
three priority risk areas.

       In  addition,  state,  local, and academic  partners played important roles.  Missouri's
Department of  Natural Resources196 and  Department of Conservation197 provided technical
advice and  resources,  and  Missouri's  Department  of  Public  Health  provided educational
information on the three priority  risks.  Locally, the New Madrid County Health Department, the
Bootheel Nurses Association, the  Howardville  Headstart  program provided health information,
health screenings  and referrals,  and the Delta Area Economic  Development Corporation,
another local partner, helped run educational workshops.198  At the university level, the Lincoln
University Cooperative Extension program  trained Tri-Community Team members  on safe-
drinking water approaches and  conducted water testing;  the St. Louis  Institute of Technology
trained Tri-Community residents on techniques for lead removal in the home; and the Lincoln
University Community Development Corporation  provided  necessary telecommunications
assistance to ensure that the training on lead  could  take  place.   Furthermore, organizations
including  the   Southeast Missouri   Health  Network helped sponsor  certain  partnership
activities.199

       The following sections primarily describe  interviewees' responses to questions gathered
from  interviews conducted by EPAs Office of Policy, Economics,  and  Innovation during  the
weeks of September 24 and October 1, 2001. The sections focus on interviewees' impressions
regarding  measuring   partnership  success,  partnership  success   and   challenges,
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership                                                           89

-------
       recommendations for improving the partnership, overall value of the partnership, and the value
       of federal involvement in the partnership.

       Measuring Partnership Progress

             From the  beginning of EPA's effort to sponsor a series of Child Health demonstration
       projects around the country, EPA's Office Children's Health (OCH) placed significant emphasis
       on evaluation.  For its evaluation approach, OCH required that each Child  Health Champion
       project develop a plan to monitor and evaluate progress in meeting project goals and objectives.
       OCH  hoped that by  encouraging   Child  Health Champion project  communities  to  more
       systematically document their successes and lessons learned, EPA would build the evaluation
       capacity of these communities, resulting  in greater sustainability of their projects.  Using the
       individual Child Health Champion project evaluations as a foundation, OCH then hoped to use
       these results to inform a larger national evaluation of Child Health Champion projects that would
       help it better understand whether the pilot projects worked as  expected as well  as other issues,
       and bring lessons learned to new communities interested in trying similar approaches. 20°

             For  individual project  evaluation  plans,  each  Child  Health Champion  project was
       required to describe how the Community Team expects to track and evaluate: (1) the  progress
       of its efforts to reach intermediate and final outcomes; (2) the team-building  and management
       process;  and (3) the cost to  implement the different project activities.    However, after
       recognizing the difficulty that Community  Teams were having in developing their action plans,
       EPA had an evaluation consulting firm, Mathematica Policy Research (MPR),  assist Community
       Teams with this effort.201  MPR  gave Community Teams wide latitude  to develop evaluation
       plans that would be most conducive to their priority risks and related activities.

             For the Tri-Communities Child Health  Champion  project, MPR made two field visits  to
       New Madrid County to meet with project  members, review New Madrid's evaluation plan, and
       assess project progress.  The Community Team made plans to collect both qualitative and
       quantitative data.202  Specifically,  health  fair  attendance was to be  documented,  and lead
       screening rates for New Madrid were to be reviewed before and after lead intervention efforts.
       Training  workshops were to be assessed by  reviewing  participant satisfaction  and knowledge
       and awareness levels.   Asthma reduction  efforts were to  be evaluated by collecting and
       comparing data on asthma triggers in homes and school absences before and after one-on-one
       home  visits2038  MPR made generic templates available that the Community  Team  used for
       data collection purposes. These were then made available to GRAND who  could assess and
       modify them for its own data collection purposes.204 According to a former member of MPR who
       was closely involved in this effort, at first members of the Community Team were skeptical  of
       the evaluation effort, but after they began to understand the tracking forms and how they could
       be used,  they became more appreciative of the approach.  Community facilitators used the
       evaluation forms for  both  the lead and  asthma-related educational  efforts  throughout the
       implementation period.   GRAND, in particular, valued the  evaluation forms because they
       enabled the organization to  better monitor the overall project's  effectiveness.205

             During interviews conducted  by EPA's Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation,  in
       the fall of 2001,  interviewees were asked  how the  New Madrid Partnership  was measuring
       project success.   Two interviewees directly referenced the evaluation  plan, while several
       interviewees identified specific  measures  for the  priority risk  they  were  focusing  on that
       paralleled the measures described above.  For instance, one interviewee stated that success in
       § According to the Child Health Champion final evaluation report, asthma reduction efforts were not evaluated using
       these measures because data on pre- and post-period school absences was not available, and home visit
       interventions were not conducted (p. 65).
90     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
addressing asthma/allergies would be  measured by reviewing the number of missed school
days due to asthma/allergies before and after  the asthma workshops.  Another interviewee
provided more general measures of  success,  which  included setting  goals,  enabling the
communities to work together, and restoring community pride.

Partnership Successes

       When asked if partners  were  satisfied with  their ability to participate  in the project
decision-making process,  seven  of the nine  interviewees  who  addressed  the  question
responded  positively.   However, one of the  seven did  not approve of the way  that the  three
priority risk areas were selected.  Further, two interviewees explained that they did not feel their
role was to be involved  in the decision-making, but rather  to focus on capacity building.
Regarding whether interviewees were satisfied to the extent issues most important to them and
their organizations were being addressed by the partnership, six of the seven addressing this
question indicated they were satisfied. One interviewee provided an ambiguous response.

       When asked about the outcomes, or results, of the partner activities for addressing the
main issues of the affected community, all eleven interviewees responded positively.  In terms
of specific outcomes, however, interviewees did not reveal  a strong agreement around any one
type of outcome.**  One outcome mentioned by three interviewees centered on  increasing the
awareness  of the  community  regarding  the  three  priority health  risks.    Three  separate
interviewees remarked that that the partnership has fostered a spirit of working  together, with
one also adding that it fostered community pride.  More generally, three interviewees  noted that
the partnership has had positive impacts.  For  instance,  one interviewee explained that the
partnership  efforts have made living conditions  a lot better.  Two interviewees, one already
referenced, remarked that the partnership efforts resulted in boosted capacity of the community.
For instance, one  explained that the community could now use  tools to  gain assistance and
provide assistance to them.  Finally, another  interviewee explained that the partnership has
generated a positive spirit.

       When asked whether interviewees were satisfied with the outcomes of partner activities,
five of the  ten  addressing  this topic indicated they were  satisfied, one interviewee indicated
she/he was satisfied but would like to  see more done for the  partnership communities,  three
were  somewhat satisfied,  and  one interviewee provided an ambiguous  response.   One
interviewee expressed concern about the viability of the project once funding was discontinued.
Along these same  lines, another interviewee remarked that more work could be done with the
Tri-Communities.   In addition, another interviewee expressed regret at the lack of progress
made on water issues.

       Early reports describe overall  project activities as having  been very  successful  in
meeting project objectives.  Interviewees confirmed this impression as well. In addition, several
interviewees remarked  that two related,  but  more difficult to measure  outcomes,  of  these
activities have  been  the fostering  of community  pride  and the  improved ability of  each
community to work together.

       Despite overall satisfaction with project activities, interviewees were not in  agreement on
what has been  the greatest success  of the  project so  far.  Four of the  ten interviewees
addressing this question commented that the partnership's focus on the community was  it's
 During the interview process, interviewees were asked questions about both the outcomes of partner activities, and
the impact of activities for the affected communities. From the responses, it was clear that most interviewees viewed
the partnership activities in terms of outcomes, not impact. Therefore, the term outcome is used throughout this
discussion.
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership                                                           91

-------
       greatest success.  For example, three interviewees remarked that the greatest success has
       been community empowerment, noting that the knowledge developed for this project as a result
       of the health fair,  training of community people as facilitators, and mini-workshops, will  stay
       within the Tri-Communities.   Two interviewees cited  lead testing of children as the projects'
       greatest success.  Another  two interviewees cited improved agency  understanding between
       EPA and NRCS.   And one interviewee suggested that the project's greatest success was the
       formation of the farmer's cooperative, an initiative associated with, but not directly related to the
       Child Health project.

             Similar to this last interviewee's comment, an additional success may be the increased
       number of initiatives taking place in the Tri-Communities that, while not directly related to the
       Child  Health project,  may  be  an indirect  result of  the positive  work initiated by the Tri-
       Community Partnership.   For instance, one EPA progress report emphasizes that since the
       start of the New Madrid Children's Health project, this single effort has "grown into a full blown
       initiative"  including a North  Lilbourn recycling  project,  an  energy conservation  and  home
       weatherization  project, the farmers' cooperative mentioned  above,  and a transportation jobs
       access project206

       Partnership Challenges

             When asked about the  greatest challenge facing the partnership, interviewees  gave
       several different responses.  The most common theme, however, focused on the difficulties of
       working  together.   For  instance,  three  interviewees  remarked that simply  getting the
       communities to work together has been the biggest obstacle to success.  One of these stated
       that this was due to the fact a project like this had never been tried before and was overcome
       because residents recognized that their overall goal was to help children. Another remarked
       that this difficulty  had been resolved  because of communication and  leadership shown by
       GRAND's advisor, GRAND's local coordinator, and EPA's regional office.  Another interviewee
       suggested  that forming the action plan was the biggest  challenge because of the difficulty in
       working  with many different people.   The  interviewee added  that this had  been  overcome
       through discussion.  Two additional interviewees remarked  that competing interests between
       the  participating communities had been major obstacles to success, with one  noting that this
       had been overcome through communication.  In addition, one of the same interviewees noted
       that racial issues between the communities had served as a major barrier to success, remarking
       that this too was overcome through communication.

             In addition  to the  difficulties faced by  working together, interviewees cited  other
       obstacles as well.  Three  interviewees  cited communication  issues as a  problem.   One
       commented on the poor quality and lack  of communication during  the project's formation.
       Specifically, the interviewee remarked that initially  outside partners showed a lack of respect for
       the  knowledge community residents had and failed  to  communicate and  dialogue with the
       community on the objectives of the project.  Related  to  this obstacle, one interviewee from a
       federal agency remarked that  gaining the community's trust  initially in the  process was a
       challenge,  indicating  that not until  "things materialized" did the  agency feel they had the
       community's trust.  In addition, this interviewee remarked that becoming accustomed to the
       different styles of other  participating  agencies was also a  challenge.   Another interviewee
       commented on the current state of project communication, specifically noting that the GRAND
       headquarters office needed  more communication with federal agencies issuing project  grant
       monies and partners actually implementing  project activities.  Another interviewee commented
       that implementing some of the water-related activities described in the action plan had been the
       biggest challenge.  Finally, one interviewee remarked that an important challenge was obtaining
92     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
parental  support  for child  lead  testing.   This was overcome,  however, through  parental
education about lead.

       Interviewees were also asked whether the organizational styles and procedures of the
different partner organizations limited effective collaboration between partners. Most responses
centered on the difficulties that EPA and NRCS faced when initially starting to work together.
Interviewees  noted  that NRCS  and  EPA have two distinct styles: 1) NRCS  is  focused  on
technical assistance whereas EPA has a stronger regulatory focus; and 2) NRCS encourages a
"locally-led  process"  for  local  projects,  whereas  EPA,  through   its  Community  Based
Environmental Protection approach, has tended to play a more "hands-on" role in locally based
projects.  Although a positive relationship developed between EPA and NRCS,  the contrasting
styles  and  approaches, as  well  as the  personalities involved,  created  obstacles for both
organizations early on in the process. According to two interviewees, these differences were
resolved  through communication  and setting  ground  rules.    In  addition,  one  of these
interviewees added  that the involvement of a project advisor supported by GRAND was also
critical.

       Interviewees cited other organizational barriers as well. Three interviewees  commented
that certain agency requirements placed on funding made it difficult to  purchase needed items
for the partnership.   For instance, although tree planting was designated in the  action plan,
project money from  EPA  could  not be used  to actually purchase trees.  In addition, one
interviewee noted that certain health agency requirements created  an  initial challenge  for
conducting  lead screening.  According to interviewees, however, creative thinking enabled the
project partners to get around these challenges. For example, the project was able to obtain the
trees through donation and conduct lead screening  by holding a health  fair.    Finally, one
interviewee noted that conflicts arose when individuals participating in the partnership served on
more than one of the partnering organizations.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

       Interviewees had few common suggestions for improving the future of the  partnership,
due  in  part,  perhaps,  to  the partners' overall level of  satisfaction  for  the  project.  Two
interviewees suggested ensuring that the project has a project manager,  one who can ably
grasp the overall vision and goals as well as the project details.   Two interviewees also
commented on  the need  for  continued  communication.    Specifically,  one  interviewee
recommended that this be  done by re-starting a group meeting process that occurred early on
between  EPA, NRCS, and GRAND but has since been discontinued.  However, the meetings
should be less frequent (e.g., once a month) and a community liaison should participate.   A
second interviewee suggested  that the partnership  must stay focused  on communication,
dialogue, and openness between partners, and stay dedicated.  Another interviewee suggested
that the partnership  host a final ceremony at the project's end, similar to what was  done at the
project's  beginning in order to provide a sense of closure for participants.  Other suggestions
included  establishing one  common  meeting  space for partnership members to meet, giving
additional respect to local residents, allowing local residents to take full  control over the project,
and emphasizing patience.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Other Communities

       Interviewees had several suggestions for improving future partnerships.  Five of the nine
interviewees  who addressed this  issue emphasized the need for  ensuring  clear, up-front
communication about partner roles and responsibilities. One interviewee stressed that the New
Madrid partnership would have proved more effective if in the early stages all  partners could
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership                                                           93

-------
       have sat down together and clearly explained what each was committing to the partnership
       were to  be.  One interviewee also emphasized the need for participating federal agencies to
       work closely together to understand what their roles would be vis-a-vis each other and decide
       who would serve as the overall federal agency lead. The interviewee went on to suggest that if
       one agency can't identify  itself as the federal  lead,  they both end  up sending conflicting
       messages to the community.

             Three interviewees emphasized the need for partnerships to stay focused on what they
       are  trying to accomplish.  One interviewee  added that using  facilitators to  provide overall
       direction is critical. Two more interviewees suggested that partners be open-minded,  with one
       adding  that federal   agencies should focus  on more  than just  statistics when  they  are
       determining how best to help communities.  Another set of interviewees stressed that partners
       in collaborative approaches must be patient, obtain local  support, and  look for "out of the box"
       solutions. Other recommendations include focusing on communication,  getting the  whole
       community  involved,  identifying one  local  partner member who has experience working  with
       federal agencies, keeping partnership activities transparent, providing transportation for partners
       if necessary, and obtaining parental consent if children's  health activities are planned.  Finally,
       one interviewee recommended that one contact person be made available in each community
       or county that can answer questions  community residents may have about issues related to
       public health and the environment.

       Value of Collaborative Partnership

             When asked   directly  about the value of addressing  issues  through  a collaborative
       partnership  approach, most interviewees commented on the additional and  shared resources
       associated that partnerships can provide.  One interviewee noted that in a partnership, if one
       organization is  not able to  contribute the needed resources the partnership can network and
       look to another partner to provide support. Another interviewee commented that through shared
       resources, the partnership is capable of addressing multiple stages of a problem.  Other values
       of partnership approaches expressed by interviewees include improved understanding between
       organizations, increased capability to identify issues and problems facing affected communities,
       and a greater diversity of experience from which to draw upon.  In addition, one interviewee
       noted that the collaborative partnership is a non-traditional approach  that can be very useful
       mechanism for addressing issues in non-traditional communities.

             When asked whether  the collaborative process could be  used  to address other issues
       that the  New Madrid Tri-Communities are facing,  nine of the nine persons who addressed this
       question indicated that the process could  certainly be used again.  Three interviewees were
       confident that once the project concluded,  a model would be firmly in  place  to be used again.
       Others added qualifications to their statements.   One indicated that the collaborative model,
       along with the  capacity building skills that had been transferred to the Tri-Communities  as a
       result of the project,  would enable other issues to be addressed through a similar process.
       Another  interviewee  remarked that the model would work, but  a challenge for the existing
       project stems from some groups being still unwilling to participate in the process. Finally, in a
       related comment, one interviewee noted that the collaborative process will effectively address
       other issues depending on who does or does not participate.

             Interviewees were also asked whether the main issues facing  the Tri-Communities
       would have been addressed without using  a  collaborative  approach.  Of  the eight  who
       addressed this  question, three stated  simply that the issues would not have been addressed.
       For instance, one interviewee stated that continued concerns over  allocation  of resources
       between the communities would have discouraged any effective work  in the area. Five of the
94     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
eight felt that some of the issues would have been addressed, but probably to a lesser extent,
and some  would not have  been addressed at all.   For example  one agency interviewee
remarked that the interviewee's agency would have addressed what was  allowable given
standard operating procedures, but  the  interviewee would have never thought to contact an
outside agency.

Value of Federal Involvement in the Partnership

      When asked about the  effect of having federal agencies participate in the New Madrid
Partnership responses fell  into  three categories:  resources, knowledge, and credibility. Of the
seven who addressed this question, six identified resources as the key ingredient that the
federal agencies provided.   One interviewee explained that the project could not have  been
implemented without federal money.  Another explained that because of federal involvement the
communities  received a significant  amount  of high quality training.   Closely related to the
category of resources is  knowledge.   Three interviewees specifically commented on the
information that the federal agencies shared that helped improve the project. For example, one
cited the federal agencies'  broad understanding of available resources and willingness to share
that information as being very important to project success. Another interviewee noted that the
federal  agencies greatly assisted by their continual willingness to answer  questions,  offer
guidance, and  provide  coaching tips  for the  partnership  project  teams.  In addition,  two
interviewees remarked how federal involvement brought an increased level of credibility to the
project.   For  instance, one remarked that without external assurance  from federal  agencies,
communities could feel nervous about addressing environmental issues for fear of opening up a
"Pandora's box." With federal involvement, however, communities feel confident they  can move
forward.  In a related  comment, one interviewee noted that when federal agencies get involved,
communities  feel that work may happen at a  more rapid  pace.   Finally, one interviewee
observed that  despite  the  benefits of  federal involvement,  EPA's  presence  in the  Tri-
Communities intimidated farmers in the area.  However, the interviewee felt positively about the
about the partnership and did  not suggest this hampered the partnership's ability to function
effectively.

      When asked  what  federal partners have gained  by  participating in the New Madrid
Partnership, responses fell into three categories: better understanding of the community, the
right to  claim success at the local level, and ability to use this model for future partnerships.
Four of  the nine persons addressing this issue indicated that the federal agencies gained an
improved understanding of how to work with communities.  For example, one remarked that by
working  in these communities,  the participating federal agencies gained  perspective, learning
first hand how some of their policies and regulations impact the local  level.  Similarly, a fifth
interviewee stated that the  agencies gained an improved understanding of the Tri-Communities,
including knowledge  about their residents and  public health problems.  Three interviewees
stated that federal agencies gained the right to say  they were  successful.  Specifically, two
noted that federal agencies could claim success as a result of their effective cooperation  with
other organizations.   Two other interviewees  remarked that federal agencies gained  the ability
to use or participate in collaborative  partnerships at other sites in the future.  Related, another
interviewee also remarked that federal agencies gained  additional  experience in regards to
networking and better project management skills.

      Only six  interviewees addressed whether federal  agencies  have been  able to better
coordinate their activities as a result of their involvement in the New Madrid Partnership.  Three
said yes, and three were equivocal, indicating that they were not sure. One agency interviewee
who  responded  affirmatively felt very strongly that collaboration had indeed increased.  The
interviewee noted that the  NRCS Midwest and EPA regional offices have met a few  times and
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership                                                           95

-------
       recently made plans to partner together to identify and work with other distressed communities.
       Of the three who were equivocal, one stated flatly that it was not clear whether coordination has
       improved.  Another remarked that although federal agencies may have  been better able to
       coordinate their efforts for this project, the key reason for this was the personalities involved,
       and there is no  indication that effective coordination will occur in future similar efforts. A third
       interviewee was doubtful that effective collaboration occurred  in the New Madrid project, noting
       that in the beginning of the New Madrid project,  only NRCS  was visible, but towards the end,
       only EPA was.  The interviewee then added  that most of the  effective collaboration seemed to
       occur  between the individual federal agencies and the community, not necessarily with  each
       other.

             Interviewees were also asked what  federal agencies could do to be  more effective
       partners in local collaborative efforts.  Interviewees offered several different suggestions ranging
       from improving  communication skills to  better understanding the communities.  Four of nine
       recommendations centered on the need for federal agencies to stay open-minded when working
       in collaboratives. Particularly, two of these interviewees emphasized the need to use more than
       statistics  when  determining  how to  best help  communities,  and  one  stressed not letting
       regulations prohibit involvement.  In addition,  three interviewees stressed the importance of
       coordinating resources  between federal agencies.  Two interviewees, in  particular, remarked
       that agencies  should focus more on getting the job done than their independence, and use an
       umbrella coordinator, similar  to GRAND,  to ensure that the needed collaborative work will be
       implemented.    Other  recommendations included  entrusting  the  community to  lead  the
       partnerships, developing a better understanding of the community before partnering, staying
       committed to and honest within the partnership, setting ground rules, trying a different approach
       if the current one is networking, and avoiding taking partnership issues personally.

             In  addition,  one agency interviewee  stressed that the key to  best participating in  a
       collaborative partnership is  by educating yourself about who your federal partners are and the
       resources they have available.  Speaking from experience, the interviewee explained that to do
       this, it is important to invite federal partners  to your agency  meetings, such as environmental
       justice forums, and meet with federal  partners in one-on-one meetings.  Interestingly, another
       agency interviewee remarked that federal agencies do  not  need to tailor their roles to best
       participate; rather, since they already have expertise, they should come to the table ready to
       use their expertise to accomplish the goals of the project.

       Key Findings

          •  Participants overall  are satisfied  with the partnership's progress and outcomes of the
             partnership's activities. However,  concerns have been raised regarding the progress of
             the water-related activities and additional work that will still  be necessary in the Tri-
             Communities once the Child Health project has ended in order to genuinely enhance
             quality of life.

          •  Without a collaborative process, it is unlikely that community concerns would have been
             addressed  as effectively as they are now.  The New Madrid  Partnership has brought
             shared and additional  resources and enabled creative solutions to problems.

          •  One of the  partnership's key strengths has been  its  focus on community involvement
             and capacity building. Not only have the participating community representatives been
             in  the lead for determining priority risks, the community representatives actively sought
             input from other community members  that weren't directly participating in the project.  In
             addition,  community representatives have been trained in facilitation  and in the priority
96     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       risk areas, better ensuring that the knowledge gained as part of the project will stay
       within the community, and that the Tri-Communities will  find it easier to prioritize and
       devise solutions to risks or other challenges their communities currently face or will face
       in the future.

   •   Another key strength of the project has been the working relationship between NRCS,
       EPA,  and  GRAND.    Arguably,  without  effective   cooperation  between  these
       organizations,  it is doubtful that the New Madrid Partnership would have experienced the
       success it currently does.

   •   Use of a detailed  action plan developed with significant community involvement has
       enabled project participants to better understand  how they fit within the overall project
       framework and made  it easier to  keep the project focused  and monitor progress.
       However, use of the action plan to drive the  project implementation has, perhaps, had
       the unintended effect of limiting other activities that the partnership engages in.

   •   It is unclear how the other on-going initiatives taking place in the Tri-Communities, such
       as the farmer's cooperative and the home weatherization project are associated with the
       Child Health project.  If these activities  take place outside an  integrated coordination
       process, local  residents as well as outside parties may find it difficult to understand how
       these different parts fit together and important opportunities for synergy may be lost.

Afterword

       Since interviews were conducted between September 24 and October 1, 2001, the New
Madrid County Child Health Champion  project has officially closed, according to an EPA official
closely involved  in the project.   The  Community Team, its community facilitators,  and the
members of GRAND and  Technical  Advisory Team  all helped to  implement the  actions
described in the New  Madrid Child Health Champion project action plan. The Community Team
that first formed around 1997 has dissipated.  However, the skills acquired or enhanced and
new relationships formed that first begun around 1997 still bears fruit today. For instance, one
former Community Team member recently  helped initiate a community development corporation
in Howardville, which has been responsible for building new homes. Another former Community
Team member has been  involved in the development of a new day  care center in the New
Madrid area.207 In addition, EPA, Lincoln  University, and the Missouri Department of Natural
Resources, all important components of the New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership, have kept
their working relationship in tact and committed to developing an environmental justice resource
center for New Madrid County and the surrounding region that will continue to identify and offer
support  for local  environmental  protection,  public  health, and community development
initiatives.208
New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership                                                          97

-------
                 7
ReGenesis Partnership
                 In the beginning there was no cooperative spirit. Early the community was not happy
                 with the current state of affairs.

                 Harold made the first step  reaching out.. .saying we want you to be involved and
                 asked for our input.

                 The community group is the driver and the most important partners are the local
                 government partners.

                 Now we actually have  federal, state, local, and community all sitting down talking
                 about the same issue.   Previously only  adversarial  stances were taken...[Now]
                 everyone more or less sharing the same vision.

                 This has been a  real coming of age for people in the community. So much face-to-
                 face contact.  It caused local people to recognize the extent of resources available.
                                                         — Interviewees, ReGenesis Partnership
       Community History
             The County and City of Spartanburg are located in the upper northwest region of South
       Carolina.   Since  1970, the county's population nearly doubled from 174,000 in 1970  to over
       250,000 today.209t The City has remained at around 40,000 since that time but is located in the
       center of an urban area  that supports an estimated 115,000 people.   Coupled with the
       increases  in  population  has  been the Spartanburg  region's gradual transformation  from  a
       traditional  textile-based economy to a  much  more diversified  one.   By most indicators, the
       Spartanburg area has been thriving over the past several years. The County now hosts more
       than 115 internationally owned firms, and  the City is currently  undergoing a major downtown
       revitalization effort that, through a $75 million public/private partnership, will bring a major hotel,
       an office park, and a golf-learning center to the  downtown  area.210

             Despite the prosperous economy, at least one section of the City has not benefited from
       the economic expansion.   The  Arkwright and Forest Park neighborhoods are located just
       beyond the City's major downtown area.  This community has  a 96 percent African American
       population in a county that is predominantly Caucasian and a city that is essentially half African
       American and half Caucasian.211  Established  around textile mills and other industrial facilities,
       this community has been faced with the negative consequences of mill and plant closure.212
       The area has not  benefited from any significant commercial development for several years and
        Interviews for this case study were primarily conducted during the week of October 1, 2001. Two additional
       interviews were conducted in late November. Fourteen separate interviews were conducted and a total of sixteen
       persons participated. Interviews were conducted with representatives of community organizations, staff of local and
       federal political representatives, federal, state, and local government agencies, a company, a local college,  a
       consulting firm, and a regional environmental organization.
       f The current population total of Spartanburg County equals 253, 791 (75.1% Caucasian and 20.8% African
       American).
98

-------
residents have difficulty accessing groceries, restaurants, or other shops unless they drive or
take a cab to other more affluent213 parts of the city.214

       Most notably, however, the Arkwright and Forest Park community residents live near
several actual  and potentially contaminated sites and an operating industrial plant.  Residential
neighborhoods in Arkwright  are closely intertwined with industrial areas due to minimal local
land use controls before 1976 and "a continued lack of zoning restrictions."215  The areas of
most concern  to local residents are a 40-acre site of an abandoned (and now deconstructed)
fertilizer plant  referred to as the  International Mineral  and Chemicals (IMC) site, a 30-acre
former municipal dump, and an operating chemical  plant located on a 35-acre site owned by
Rhodia Inc.  Approximately 4,700 residents live within one mile of the site, 200 live within %-mile
of the landfill,  and a handful of residents live adjacent to the chemical plant boundary.

       The many economic, environmental, health,  and public safety concerns that residents
have attributed to these sites have  prompted some to refer to this area collectively as the
"Devil's Triangle."  Residents have stated that, "For  decades,  [they] have endured dump truck
traffic, smoke  and fumes from landfill fires,  and odors from the two industries."217  Residents
have also stated  that "there is a  high percentage of cancer in the neighborhoods, especially
lung, bone, and colon cancer."218  In addition, residents report that the area supports a high rate
of infant mortality, miscarriages, and birth defects.219  One resident also explained that from
January 2000  to July 2000,  24 people living within %-mile of the dump  had died.220  Beyond
health  concerns,  locals have reportedly  seen  their housing values fall since the 1970s.221
Community  members suggest that new residents cannot move in because of their concerns
regarding  the  facilities and  contaminated sites, and current ones  are unable to move out
because they lack the resources to do so.222

ReGenesis

       During  the 1990s residents in  the neighborhoods of Arkwright and Forest Park began to
inquire about the abandoned sites and put pressure on government agencies to clean them up.
One person in particular, Harold Mitchell, grew increasingly concerned about what he saw as an
alarming  number of deaths and incidences  of diseases  in his neighborhood after returning to
live there  in 1993.  Observations and stories of criminal activity taking place at the fertilizer
facility, directly across the street  from  Mitchell's home,  also raised  Mitchell's and  other local
residents' level of concern.223  He soon began looking into both sites. Starting in 1994, Mitchell
obtained  a file from  the state environmental agency224 that described the type of hazardous
chemicals used in the fertilizer plant's production processes225 and had informal conversations
with local residents about the type of work that took  place  at the facility226.   His efforts to
generate support to address the abandoned sites were put on hold in 1996, however, because
of a serious illness in Mitchell's family.  In 1997, Mitchell once again  turned his attention to the
abandoned sites.227

       Around this time  Mitchell also founded  ReGenesis,  a local  environmental justice
organization made up of residents from the affected  neighborhoods.  While initially focusing on
getting the sites cleaned up,  ReGenesis' attention soon began turning to the revitalization of the
entire area.228  Today, with over 1,400 members from the affected area, this community-based
and community-driven organization229 continues to have strong support from the community and
is the primary  body responsible for consulting with government agencies on the cleanup of the
contaminated  sites  in the area.   In particular ReGenesis is working closely with government
agencies to ensure clean up of the former Arkwright Dump site and the abandoned fertilizer
plant. ReGenesis also participates in periodic meetings with the operating chemical plant in the
area to address  concerns raised  by  community members.  Finally, ReGenesis serves as the
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                         99

-------
       main point of contact for the ReGenesis Partnership, a broad-based multi-stakeholder effort to
       revitalize the Arkwright and Forest Park areas.

       Abandoned Fertilizer Plant

             The abandoned fertilizer plant, located directly north of the abandoned Arkwright Dump
       opened in  1910, and continued to operate until closing in 1986.  The facility,  owned by  IMC
       Global, was then left idle and began to deteriorate.230 During its operations it employed many
       residents from the Arkwright community. Some residents believed, however, that its operations
       had a negative environmental impact on the community.  In prior  interviews  conducted  with
       former IMC employees and Arkwright residents by EPA,  interviewees noted that  at times the
       neighborhood had been filled with acid smells from the facility.  They also noted that the acid or
       particles from the plant had corroded the aluminum siding on their homes, roofing materials, and
       the paint on their cars231   After the  plant's closure, according to ReGenesis, the community
       voiced concerns about  the abandoned site.232   Between 1991 and  1995,  South Carolina's
       environmental  department required  three  groundwater  assessment   investigations,  and
       continuous periodic sampling of groundwater, at the site. Groundwater contaminants during
       that time, and remaining at present, include several metals, nitrate, and fluoride. Based on the
       levels detected, which  are above groundwater standards,  South Carolina's environmental
       department had required further investigation via deeper wells, and additional wells, but had not
       required  groundwater cleanup actions  as  of 1995.233  As discussed  above,  starting  in 1994
       Mitchell began to investigate this site  as well as the abandoned dump.  In late 1997, after a call
       from  Mitchell to EPA's regional office in Atlanta, EPA began to examine the fertilizer plant site
       more closely.234 An initial review by EPA found no short-term public health threat from the site;
       however,  EPA,  subsequently,  began more intensive  investigations under  the Superfund
       process235 in order to assess the potential for long-term  risk.236  An expanded site  investigation
       by EPA,  began in January 1999237, revealed several chemicals of concern at concentrations
       above background levels.238

             During  EPA's expanded site investigation, the then private owner of the site,  who had
       purchased  the abandoned facility from IMC in the late 1980s, began an unauthorized demolition
       of the plant in June 1998.239 South Carolina's state environmental agency halted the demolition
       within hours, and later issued the owner a Notice of Violation and fine for the violation of local
       and state regulations.240 Soon after,  concerned about the site conditions,  Vigindustries Inc., a
       subsidiary  of IMC  Global, purchased back the fertilizer plant site,241 and  put in  place  a
       deconstruction  plan developed  in  cooperation with   nearby residents,  Vigindustries,  and
       appropriate federal, state,  and local officials to ensure the safe deconstruction of the facility.242
       Deconstruction took place under State and EPA oversight over the summer and fall of 2000.243
       During this time, IMC staff and ReGenesis began to work cooperatively to address more long-
       term  clean up issues while EPA's investigation continued.244  IMC appeared  ready to see that
       the  fertilizer plant  site  would  be  redeveloped  in  accordance  with   ReGenesis' overall
       revitalization goals for the area after the clean up activities were completed. By the summer of
       2000, however, the cooperation ended as over 1,200 residents filed suit in federal court against
       IMC  Global, who,  according to a local newspaper report, accused the company of "multiple
       offenses, including assault and battery through the release of toxic chemicals, concealing facts
       about environmental dangers and  practicing environmental racism in  the predominantly black
       community."245   With the  legal  battles still ongoing, in  July 2001,  Vigindustries signed an
       Administrative Order on Consent with EPA. The order commits Vigindustries to conduct a  two-
       part study of the fertilizer site, assessing the level of contamination at  the site and determining
       options for cleanup.246
100    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Abandoned Arkwright Dump

       The Arkwright Dump opened in  1954.  According  to  a government report, it was
purchased by the City and reportedly used for disposal of municipal,  medical, and automotive
wastes.  It operated with relatively little oversight until it was closed in 1972 and capped with a
thin layer of topsoil. In 1976, the site was sold to a private citizen.  Virtually no records exist for
the facility.   Nearby residents continue to have open access to the dump area where thin
vegetation covers the waste and debris.247  As mentioned earlier,  in 1994, Harold Mitchell began
investigating  the abandoned dump along with  the abandoned fertilizer facility.  In early 1998,
Mitchell raised the issue of the abandoned dump to the attention of EPAs regional office in
Atlanta.248  South Carolina's state environmental agency subsequently became involved. State
personnel conducted an initial walk-through of the site, finding no immediate health threats.249
After receiving the appropriate paperwork from the state  agency, EPA had discussions with
community residents and a consultation with the state agency, and ultimately chose to take the
lead in evaluating the site.250

       Between  October  1998 and  May 1999, EPA sampling efforts at  the  site  indicated
contaminants in  the soil, groundwater, surface water, and  sediment.251  At EPAs request, the
U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) then conducted a preliminary
health  assessment based  upon EPAs  sampling data.   ATSDR's report  indicated  that the
contaminants did not constitute a health threat, but added that more extensive data gathered
during  EPAs in-depth site evaluation could change their initial assessment and recommended
additional investigation of the site.252*  EPA then made a determination to cleanup the site using
a traditional Superfund process8 in order to address long-term environmental and human health
risks253  In November 1999, the City  signed a voluntary agreement with  EPA, referred to as an
Administrative Order on Consent,    committing the City to conduct a two-part study of the
abandoned landfill, assessing contamination levels at the site  and determining options  for
cleanup.255 Although the City's agreement with EPA does not commit the City to address the
site, EPA expects the  City and other groups  who  have previously contributed waste to the
landfill  to participate in the site activities.  EPA anticipates that the second  part of this study will
be completed in the spring of 2002.256**

Operating Chemical Plant

       The operating chemical plant is directly south of the abandoned fertilizer site, bounded to
the east by the Arkwright Dump, and  bounded to the west by a railroad line.  Residences begin
just off the chemical company's fence line.  In the mid-1970s a South  Carolina businessman
purchased the Arkwright  Dump and opened up  a  chemical  warehouse next to the site.
However, residents living in the community at the time state that they were told the site would
be used to develop low-income housing.  After a few years,  the chemical warehouse became an
operating chemical plant.257  In 1998, Rhodia,  an international specialty chemical company,258
purchased the  plant.   Recently EPA  recognized  Rhodia  as a member in  its new  EPA
Performance  Track Program  and  the  state  recognized Rhodia  with  a  pollution prevention
environmental award.259    Despite these  special designations  by  the federal  and  state
government,  many residents  in the Arkwright and Forest  Park areas  feel strongly that a
* This document was finalized in May 2000.
§ Although EPA Region 4 is addressing contamination at the Arkwright Dump site through traditional Superfund
means, the Arkwright Dump site has not been placed onto the National Priorities List (NPL), which is the list of the
nation's most hazardous sites; instead,  EPA is addressing the Arkwright site through an "NPL-equivalent process."
Region 4 has a number of sites being addressed in this manner. The term "NPL-Equivalent" has been used by
Region 4 to denote such sites.
 On August 6, 2002, EPA presented its "Proposed Plan" for site cleanup to the community in a public meeting. A
Record of Decision is expected in September 2002.



ReGenesis Partnership                                                                        101

-------
       chemical company nearby is incompatible with their plans to improve quality of life and would
       like to see the facility relocated. Rhodia reviewed the option to relocate but found it prohibitively
       expensive.  Rhodia is now working to build better relations with the community.  In addition to
       reaching out to better gauge community concerns and introducing more local residents to the
       facility operations through open houses, Rhodia is currently  undergoing a  series of facilitated
       dialogue sessions with ReGenesis in an  attempt to address issues of contention and  identify
       best how it can participate in the ReGenesis' plans to redevelop the area.

       Partnership Background

             For  many years, the  residents  of Forest  Park and Arkwright, according  to  Harold
       Mitchell, had virtually no  interaction with each other.  Mutual  concerns over the cleanup of the
       abandoned  fertilizer facility,  however, helped bring the two communities together.260  The
       residents began regularly interacting in 1998 and 1999  during meetings and workshops held
       with community residents, EPA, and the state environmental agency to discuss issues related to
       cleanup and Superfund site  redevelopment.  It was during these discussions that, according to
       Mitchell, an  EPA employee suggested how the residents could fully redevelop the area.261

             In  addition to forming  ideas about broad-scale revitalization,  these meetings and
       workshops  also  played  other critical functions.   First, they were  used  to  identify other
       organizations that would  need to participate to make a full-scale revitalization a reality.  Mitchell
       and other  residents  recognized  the importance of this because  of past,  only marginally
       successful attempts by groups in the area to implement urban redevelopment efforts. 262  These
       groups, according to Mitchell, excluded other important players like the City and the County.263
       Second, these meetings helped  residents work out their animosity  they had towards past
       company, facility, and government officials whom they felt had allowed a considerable amount
       of harm to come to their community.264

             As an outgrowth  of these meetings and workshops,  ReGenesis soon began  seeking
       involvement of organizations to assist in the revitalization by engaging potential partners  in one-
       on-one discussions  and hosting  a  series of facilitated forums.   This strong  emphasis on
       collaboration also led to  the  identification  of the ReGenesis  partnership as an Environmental
       Justice Demonstration Project by the Interagency Working Group in  May  2000. The first of
       ReGenesis' revitalization forums were held January and August 2000.  Participants included
       local, state, and federal government and  officials, business, political representatives and
       community development  experts.  The objectives of the forums were as follows:

             1)  Educate stakeholders in the fundamentals of brownfields;
             2)  Share the impact of the brownfields in the  Arkwright/Forest Park Area;
             3)  Work together to build local commitment and plan to develop  partnerships at the
                local, state, and federal level;
             4)  Learn  about  tools  and  resources  available to  help  the  community  revitalize
                brownfields and promote sustainable reuse;
             5)  Lay the foundation to  take a  new look  at the future development and  growth of
                Arkwright/Forest Park and  Spartanburg as a whole;
             6)  Generate recommendations to ensure community  involvement as well as short and
                long-term development strategies; and
             7)  Achieve a beneficial revitalization for the Arkwright/Forest Park community.265

             Although the first forum was described as successful,266 crucial  events took place during
       the second forum that eventually molded the partnership into the shape it still holds today.  First,
       a consultant  for the community  alienated potential supporters by presenting himself as
102    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
                                              ReGenesis Partnership
overconfident and misrepresenting the Arkwright and Forest Park neighborhoods by explaining
that they lacked the capacity and money to lead the revitalization effort.267  Following the forum,
a member of the IWG explained to Mitchell that only the community could represent itself and
that the community needed to take full leadership over the redevelopment process.  Up until this
time, according to Mitchell, the community felt that it needed outside consultants to act on the
community's behalf.  In response,  ReGenesis, and  particularly ReGenesis'  director, Mitchell,
began  to serve as the leader for the two neighborhoods.  Second, the IWG representative,
according to Mitchell, also explained that ReGenesis needed to make sure that its vision and
priorities align with the vision and priorities of both the City and the County.  If these can align,
the IWG representative pointed out, the federal agencies would be in a much better position to
offer assistance268

       Following another forum held in September, participants asked that specific individuals
be named  to  represent the community,  the City, and the  County.  The City was involved
because of its role in the clean up and redevelopment of the Arkwright Dump. The  County was
involved because much of the area ReGenesis planned to redevelop falls within the jurisdiction
of the  County.  Mitchell was
selected to  represent  the
community,  Michael  Garrett
was selected to represent the
City, and Elena  Rush  was
selected to  represent  the
County.  These three  came
to form the  core steering
committee for the ReGenesis
partnership.269             A
representative   from   EPA's
southeast  regional  branch
also    began   to  regularly
participate   in   the    core
steering committee meetings
because of its cleanup roles
with the Arkwright Dump and
fertilizer  plant  sites and its
current commitment as an
Environmental        Justice
Demonstration       Project
member.

       The committee began
to meet regularly and jointly
plan    partnership  forums.
However,  the   process has
not always gone smoothly.  For instance,  early on, the  County wanted greater assurances that
Harold Mitchell was, indeed, the spokesperson for the community.  In response, the ReGenesis
board sent the County a letter explaining that in fact,  Mitchell did fully represent  ReGenesis,
which in effect represented the residents of Arkwright and Forest Park.  The steering committee
uses these pre-forum meetings to explore important decisions regarding the revitalization effort.
Although formal consensus is not the goal, the steering  group members regularly strive to reach
agreements acceptable to all, even  amidst often-conflicting viewpoints.   The  partnership
revitalization forums are then  used as opportunities to  report  out progress being made on the
revitalization effort.  Typically  Mitchell opens the  forums with an introduction,  and then the
                                                 Steering Committee
                                                     ReGenesis
                                                     City, County
                                                        EPA
                             Figure 23. EPA Representation of ReGenesis Organizational Structure
ReGenesis Partnership
                                                                                          103

-------
       steering committee  members  give updates  on specific tasks.   Following this,  a distinct
       component of the revitalization  process may  be  discussed in detail,  such as a specific
       brownfields redevelopment or the overall planning process270

             Two additional partnership forums were  held in 2000.  Starting in 2001, the steering
       committee began holding forums on a quarterly basis.271  In addition to  the partnership forums
       and the work of the steering  committee, a special Spartanburg Workgroup at  EPA  meets
       monthly to coordinate  its  Spartanburg activities,  often conducting  conference calls  with
       members of the core partnership group.  Mitchell explained that through the work of Rush and
       Garrett, the community has begun putting its trust once again in  both the City and County.
       Mitchell explained that previously the community expected that once the City or the County
       made a decision, the decision was final, irrespective of what the community had to say.  Now,
       according to Mitchell, the community views the City and  County as allies.272

             Although the  partnership continues  to expand its organizational capacity, and  has
       recently          more
       thoroughly  defined  its
           Number of Partners by Organizational Type
                 in ReGenesis Partnership
       organizational
       structure,          the
       partnership   is    best
       explained as consisting
       of a broad collection  of
       individual  connections
       between           the
       partnership    steering
       committee and various
       organizations.
       ReGenesis        has
       tirelessly     persuaded
       new     partners     to
       become involved in the
       redevelopment   effort.
       However,  the  County
       has taken an active role
       in keeping track of the
       existing    and     new
       partners   through   an
       electronic database and
       informing  partners  of
       upcoming forums either
       through    electronic   or
       regular mail.273  As of September 2001, a partnership summary indicated that 76 partners
       currently contribute, or intend to contribute, to the redevelopment efforts.

       Partnership Goals

             The overall  vision of the ReGenesis project is to clean up and revitalize the Arkwright
       and Forest Park areas through the use of collaborative partnerships in order to transform the
       community "into a  nice place to live."274  To  achieve this vision, ReGenesis partners have
       identified  seven project goals.   These include: (1) creating a comprehensive  redevelopment
       plan; (2) cleaning up contaminated sites; (3) providing for public safety, education, and life skills;
       (4) ensuring  public health;  (5) improving transportation access; (6) creating  green  space and
Figure 24. EPA Estimate of Partners in ReGenesis Partnership
104    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
greenway trails; and (7) developing  affordable and energy efficient housing.275  In addition to
outlining the project elements, the project partners have identified five project approaches that
should be used (or adhered to) in pursuit of the project goals.  These include: (1) collaborative
partnerships;  (2)   environmental  justice;   (3)  community  revitalization;  (4)   community
empowerment and participation; and  (5) local problem-solving.276

Partnership Activities

       The ReGenesis partnership  is still  in the early to middle stages in  terms of meeting
project goals and few major partnership activities have been implemented. The recognition that
the partnership has more work to be done is reflected in the fact that  relatively few tangible
effects from the cleanup and revitalization efforts can be seen. Apart from the deconstruct!on of
the fertilizer plant, the community is  still waiting for EPA to make final  determinations on  the
cleanup of the Arkwright Dump and fertilizer sites before cleanup and revitalization activities can
begin.

       Although most activities have not begun, the partnership has been heavily engaged in
laying the necessary groundwork to ensure planned activities will take place, which, in addition
to the cleanup of the contaminated  sites, include the building of a job training center, a
technology center, and a public health clinic; the development of a parkway more easily linking
the neighborhoods  to  the  greater Spartanburg community; the construction of a series of
greenspaces and  greenway trails; and the development of affordable, energy efficient housing.
To  ensure these  activities  will take  place, the partnership members have been working to
secure funding and additional partners.

       Since 2000,  the partnership has secured over $1.1 million through grants.  The primary
sources of funding include:  Senate Appropriations initiated by Senator Ernest Hollings (SC-D)
issued through HUD Neighborhood Improvement Grants;  EPA Superfund  Redevelopment,
Brownfields, and  Environmental  Justice  grants;  and  a Department of Health and  Human
Services (HHS) health center grant.  The City and Vigindustries have also made monetary
contributions.  The partnership has also identified over ten additional potential funding sources
for cleanup and revitalization activities.  In addition to securing funding through grants, several
persons are contributing varying portions of their staff time  or volunteering to support  the
project.  EPAs southeast regional  branch alone  has over eight people  involved in  various
aspects of the  partnership.

       Another key  partnership activity, underway since May 2001, has been periodic meetings
hosted by the City to  identify which  parties, in  addition to the  City, may  have significantly
contributed waste to the Arkwright Dump.  One of the first of its kind, this collaborative effort,
following EPA draft policy guidance, involves regular conference calls277 and interviews with
community members to determine the history of the site and better identify all possible waste
contributors. One interviewee commented that although community input to identify potentially
responsible  parties  is typically not significant, the Arkwright and Forest Park community has
provided  an uncharacteristically  large  amount  of helpful information.   Finding  additional
responsible  parties  that can help finance the cleanup will be critical  since the Dump cleanup
costs are expected to be more than the City can pay.

       The following sections  primarily describe interviewees' responses to questions gathered
from interviews conducted  by EPAs Office of Policy, Economics,  and Innovation  primarily
during the week of October 1, 2001.  The sections focus on interviewees'  impressions regarding
measuring partnership success,  partnership success  and  challenges,  recommendations  for
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                       105

-------
       improving the partnership, overall value of the partnership, and the value of federal involvement
       in the partnership.

       Measuring Success

             The ReGenesis Partnership has not developed a framework to measure if and how well
       their activities are  being implemented,  or if their activities are a success.  Some measures of
       success are, however, being built into discreet project components such as the health care
       clinic work plan, the Brownfields assessment work plan,  and the Arkwright Dump Superfund
       Redevelopment Initiative (SRI) work plan. A sample of measures of success from the SRI work
       plan278 is included below.
                                                Goal
                                     Coordinated efforts between
                   US EPA, the County, the City, the Community and other stakeholders
       Objective: Create newsletter and website
       to inform all stakeholders

       Objective: Meetings with residents and
       stakeholders
       Objective: Identify stakeholders
       Objective: Coordinate communication
       between all stakehoders involved
                                           Measure: number of hits on the website,
                                           number of newsletters distributed

                                           Measure: input from community meetings;
                                           tracking participation at the public forums;
                                           community participation on the various
                                           committees;  and number of inquries about the
                                           project

                                           Measure: survey results for stakeholders'
                                           needs and concerns of the project
                                           Measure: evaluation surveys; preparation of a
                                           table of ongoing initiatives, the recipient or
                                           entity responsible for managing the funds, and
                                           key contacts
Figure 25. Sample of Measures of Success for Arkwright Dump Redevelopment Initiative
             Several interviewees indicated that overall success would be measured in tangible terms
       such as contaminated site cleanup and clinic construction. Another interviewee indicated that
       some measures have been developed, but that they were dependent upon the cleanup of the
       contaminated  sites.   One interviewee  indicated that no overarching measures had been
       developed,  but such an effort would  be valuable.  Another endorsed the  need to  establish
       timelines for each of the project goals.

       Partnership Successes

             Most interviewees expressed  satisfaction with the direction of the  partnership, their
       ability to participate in it, and indicated that their interests were being met.  Regarding  the
       success of  project activities, most indicated that it was too early to determine the success of
       partnership  activities since most were  still planned  for the future.   However, interviewees
       expressed strong support for the actions that have been undertaken so far and felt strongly that
       the future actions will  have the desired  effect.  Two interviewees remarked that one direct
       outcome of all the activities performed up to this point  has been the bringing of real inspiration
       and excitement to a group of people that previously had very little about the prospects in their
       community.
106    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
       In terms of greatest overall success, most interviewees indicated that the development
of the partnership  itself has  been the greatest  success.  According  to  interviewees,  the
partnership has brought former adversaries together.  One interviewee explained that with the
partnership different groups now  had a common cause  and were emotionally united. Another
explained that simply getting people together in the same room to work together on issues has
been  very important.  Asking for the reason behind the partnership success, most indicated
Harold Mitchell and  ReGenesis first. The work of ReGenesis has enabled an atmosphere that
is conducive to partnering.  As one interviewee noted, ReGenesis "extended the olive branch."
ReGenesis wanted  "everyone to be  involved and everyone  to  benefit."   ReGenesis was
"interested in harmony instead of friction."  Other reasons given for the partnership's formation
include the leadership roles of the Mayor and the County and the Interagency Working Group's
urging of the various groups to come up with their own solutions to the challenges facing the
Arkwright and Forest Park.

      Another major success, not entirely separate from the development of the partnership,
has been the securing of funding. Although some interviewees identified successful fundraising
for discreet project initiatives, such as the funding of the health clinic, others indicated that they
were  pleased so far with the overall ability of the partnership to secure funding and resources.
Interviewees  did  not  directly address  why the securing of funds has  been so  successful,
however, it is likely that most would attribute this success to focused partnership leadership and
enthusiastic support for the partnership from a variety of different organizations.

       In addition, interviewees cited the partnership's commitment to community involvement
as an important success.  Of the  thirteen persons who addressed this issue,  twelve highlighted
the efforts being  made to involve  the Arkwright and Forest Park neighborhoods in almost every
aspect of the project. The key reason for the high rate of community involvement is  ReGenesis,
through which community members can have their concerns fed directly into the partnership.
The only challenge faced by ReGenesis, suggests one interviewee,  has been  the organization's
difficulty in continually translating  large amounts of technical information to the community on a
regular basis.

Partnership Challenges

       Interviewees voiced several challenges facing the partnership  but no clear consensus
emerged from the responses.  Five interviews cited communication/organizational issues as an
impediment to success, noting that the numerous players and the many discrete components of
the project make it difficult to understand what the overall project goals are, what the roles of
each of the partners will be, and/or what activities are planned for the future.  For instance, one
interviewee voiced a strong desire to contribute significantly, but has so far only participated on
a limited basis because of lack of guidance from  the partnership on  how best to participate.
Similarly, two interviewees remarked that a lack of a single point person for the project inhibits
success. Currently,  Harold Mitchell is the overall leader of the project, however, neither Harold
nor anyone else  participating in the partnership has the  time or resources necessary to devote
full attention  to project coordination and  management.  Despite these concerns, it is important to
note  that  within  days  before these  interviews were conducted, the  partnership steering
committee had distributed an information packet describing in detail the project elements, the
actual and potential resources dedicated  to the project,  and  designated  lead  partners  for
implementing each project element  in preparation for an upcoming full partner meeting.  It is
conceivable that  this, in combination with the full partner meeting, served to clarify project goals
and elements along with partner roles and responsibilities.
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                       107

-------
             A second  challenge centered on  industry/community  tensions.   Specifically,  three
       interviewees identified the conflicting viewpoints between ReGenesis and Rhodia as barriers to
       success.  To overcome this tension, one interviewee recommended that Rhodia and ReGenesis
       continue their on-going dialogue.   The interviewee also recommended that Rhodia work to
       develop  a better relationship with the nearby community. Two of these same interviewees also
       identified the ReGenesis lawsuit  against  IMC as a potential  barrier to  success.   Another
       interviewee noted more generally that conflicting interests between the affected community and
       industry  might inhibit partnership success.

             A third challenge focused on partnership sustainability.  Because of the complexity of the
       project and the length  required to  address  the various issues, four interviewees indicated that
       efforts to sustain momentum and support would be key. Expressing frustration, one interviewee
       remarked that even finalizing a voluntary agreement between the City and  EPA regarding the
       Arkwright Dump took several months.  In order to sustain the enthusiasm for the partnership,
       one interviewee noted that new parties must be continually courted and regularly involved, such
       as business leaders, over the next few years.

             Another challenge centered on issues of funding.  Four interviewees cited the difficulty
       the partnership may face in ensuring adequate funding for partnership activities, even though
       over a million dollars in grants has been secured so far.  This is not surprising,  however, since
       the  cleanup projects will undoubtedly prove  to  be very  expensive.  No suggestions were
       provided on how to overcome this obstacle.

             Other barriers to success cited by interviewees include obtaining the full support of the
       City and the County for the cleanup and revitalization effort; bringing all the partners together in
       a timely manner; persuading companies to take  responsibility for  their roles in the Arkwright
       Dump site; fully engaging the business community as a partner; changing  the mindset of the
       community so it views itself as a driver of  the revitalization process instead of simply another
       participant within  the  partnership; ensuring  that  the contaminated sites are  cleaned  up;
       understanding what constitutes success for the affected community; and completing a detailed
       comprehensive plan for the revitalization  effort.   The  comprehensive  plan, which  is being
       developed out of funds from a Brownfields assessment grant provided by EPA, is currently in its
       formative stages.

             Interviewees were also asked whether the organizational styles and procedures of the
       different partner organizations limited effective collaboration between partners.  Of the  twelve
       who addressed this topic, seven indicated that the different organizational styles have not been
       barriers.  One explained that the great number and diversity of partners is actually a strength of
       the  partnership.  Two interviewees remarked that even  when differences emerge  between
       partners, solutions are  sought in a  cooperative manner. Another remarked,  however, that even
       though  organizational  differences limiting  the  effectiveness of  the  partnership were  not
       apparent,  some  organizations were not  performing as  capably  as they could  be.    Five
       interviewees  highlighted  organizational  differences  that  have  contributed  to  partnership
       difficulties.   One  explained that  differing  organizational  requirements  within  a government
       agency had  hindered the interviewee's ability to complete a project grant proposal in a timely
       manner.  An agency interviewee  remarked that federal agency travel restrictions limit some
       federal agencies from  participating as effectively  as they  could. This same interviewee also
       noted federal agencies often don't  participate more constructively because it is not always clear
       how their participation will directly relate  to each  agencies'  mission.    A second  agency
       interviewee indicated that, in certain circumstances, certain ethics rules might limit agencies'
       abilities to participate as effective partners.  The interviewee cited a recent example where the
       partner  agency had  been  asked  to  send a  letter  to another ReGenesis partner agency
108    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
endorsing a distinct component of the partnership. The agency's ethics attorney explained that
it was inappropriate for either the agency or agency personnel to endorse a company or entity.
However, after consultation with the agency's ethics attorney, the agency revised the letter from
one of support for the partnership component, to one expressing the agency's interest towards
supporting the goals of the partnership that will partly be met  by the implementation of the
partnership component.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Improving the Partnership

      Interviewee recommendations  for  improving  the  effectiveness  of  the  ReGenesis
Partnership fell into three  rough  sets of recommendations.  The first set centered on the need
for training.  Three  interviewees highlighted areas where  the partnership could benefit from
training.  Each, however,  recommended different types of training.  One suggested that more
general  environmental justice  and community  involvement training  be  made available  for
partners. A second interviewee suggested that partners should participate in leadership training
in order to better ensure that partner commitments are kept. A third recommended that partners
participate in  training on professional collaborative  management.   Related to issues of
leadership and professional  collaborative management, a second set of recommendations
focused on better establishing timelines and commitments.  One felt strongly that timelines
should be produced for the main  goals and  that partners should then be kept accountable.
Similarly, a second interviewee indicated that more work needed to be done to secure stronger
commitments from partners.  A third suggested that additional work was needed at the close of
each partner meeting to ensure  important  points were captured and clarified for all partners to
see, possibly being made  available in a newsletter. A third set of recommendations focused on
ensuring that  ReGenesis' chairman, Harold  Mitchell,  was  made  executive  director  of the
partnership and given the resources necessary, such as an office,  to perform all necessary
functions associated with the position.  Other recommendations included ensuring that one
objective party be put in  place  to guide the partnership, making more information available
about the community, increasing communication between different federal agencies, obtaining
quicker  responses from federal agencies, keeping an open mind, and respecting differences in
perspectives.

Interviewees' Recommendations for Other Communities Using Partnerships

      Thirteen interviewees offered suggestions for other communities interested  in using
collaborative partnerships  to address environmental justice issues. Most felt that a well-planned
partnership was essential. To achieve this interviewees recommended the following activities:
make a  list of all possible partners from the federal to local levels, learn about their interests,
and then identify how their interests overlap and can benefit the partnership; bring partners into
the process early; establish a solid vision;  ask partners what you want your community to look
like in ten years; obtain consensus on the  goals and objectives; categorize and prioritize goals
and objectives; and secure buy-in from high level stakeholders. Three interviewees also placed
emphasis on the need for the community  to speak with one voice.  One even went as far as
suggesting that action be  taken to  better encourage and support grassroots leaders to emerge
from  affected communities.  Two interviewees also emphasized the need for communities to
obtain education on  environmental justice  issues at the start of the partnering process.  They
added that that it is important for partners to understand how the affected community perceives
environmental injustice. Along with environmental justice training, one of the same interviewees
recommended  that underlying  issues of race and history be  openly explored before taking
actions  to  address  the  immediate  concerns.   Finally, one interviewee  suggested  that
communities identify  a federal contact when  starting a partnership,  and another suggested
reviewing other partnership success stories.
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                      109

-------
       Value of Collaborative Partnership

             When asked directly the value of addressing issues through a collaborative partnership
       approach, interviewees came up with a variety of responses.  One interviewee indicated that
       partnering results in quicker decisions.  Another indicated that partnering, or acting like a team
       in the words of the interviewee, gives all interested parties a chance to provide their input and
       feel positive about their contributions. Related to the team concept, one interviewee stated that
       the partnership  process  has resulted  in more  people becoming aware of each  other, and
       another stated that the process enables partners to see the "connectivity across issues" since
       each  get to share their views. Also related to the team concept, one interviewee noted that in a
       partnership, partners act as "lifelines" to each other through  their willingness to share expertise.
       Two interviewees noted that partnerships aid in the leveraging of resources.  Particularly, one
       noted that once  different groups show a willingness to work together, others are more likely to
       join in and participate.  Finally, one agency interviewee noted that the partnership has made it
       easier to encourage  other agency colleagues working  in Spartanburg to engage in additional
       community involvement efforts.

             When asked whether the collaborative process  could be used  to address other issues
       that the Arkwright and Forest Park community is facing, thirteen of thirteen partners addressing
       this topic responded affirmatively.  In addition, most indicated that this  approach could be used
       in many other communities to address a variety of issues. One interviewee  remarked that this
       model would  be very  useful  to  begin  applying in other communities facing  Brownfields
       redevelopment issues. Another mentioned that this model  could  certainly be  used  to address
       future environmental justice issues facing other communities, and added that local leaders could
       be persuaded to buy into a process like this every time.  One interviewee cautioned, however,
       that despite the seeming success of the  partnership approach in Spartanburg, advocates should
       not rely on a single "cookie-cutter" approach when pulling partnerships together.

             When asked  whether  the  main issues  affecting  the  Arkwright  and  Forest Park
       community would have  been addressed  without a collaborative approach,  of the twelve that
       addressed  this  question, two indicated that  the  issues would have  been addressed but the
       process would have taken much longer.  For example, one stated that the issues would have
       been  addressed in a "very piecemeal and unorganized fashion."  Another was less confident,
       stating that the  issues may have been addressed, but less successfully. Five  interviewees felt
       that only some of the issues would have  been addressed without a partnership approach. For
       instance, two stated that while the contaminated sites may have been cleaned up,  the effort to
       plan the redevelopment of the Brownfields would not have been initiated.  The remaining five
       indicated that the issues would not have been addressed.  For example,  one  interviewee
       suggested that the competing interests between different parties could not have been resolved.
       Another remarked that the parties would have ended up arguing the issues in court.

       Value of Federal Involvement in  Partnership

             When asked about the effect of having federal  agencies participate  in the ReGenesis
       Partnership,  responses  covered  two  broad categories:  resources  and  credibility.   Five
       interviewees remarked that the  greatest effect of federal  involvement  has been the resources
       the federal  agencies  bring to the table.  Specifically  these resources, as indicated by the
       interviewees, include money, technical assistance, and  expertise.  One interviewee stated that
       without the  federal technical expertise  and dollars, the partnership would not have emerged.
       Additionally, another type of resource that federal partners bring is a  knowledge of resources
       that other federal agencies  may  have  available. One  interviewee  stated that enabling the
110    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
community to identify the broad  range of  resources  available  at the federal  level covering
everything from transportation to issues of public health is a key part of a holistic approach to
revitalization.  Regarding  issues  of  credibility,  three  interviewees specifically  indicated that
federal involvement has elevated the  level of trust and credibility surrounding the project. Along
these lines, another explained that having federal partners has helped the partnership earn the
trust of banks in the  area.  Additionally, the interviewee noted that having federal partners
involved  helps to better ensure that money allocated for partnership  activities  does not get
misspent. Also related, but more intangible, one interviewee noted  that having federal partners
involved  helps provide a  national presence and a  direct connection with Washington,  D.C.
Finally, one interviewee noted that having the federal partners involved "has been one of those
uplifting, empowering things for the community."

       When asked  what federal partners have gained by  participating  in the ReGenesis
Partnership, most interviewees indicated that they gained a better knowledge of the community.
Specifically, they learned about specific threats that the  community faced, such as the Arkwright
Dump.  In addition, federal partners have  learned  more about how to  effectively  work with
communities and design policies that better  meet the needs of local people.  For instance, one
interviewee remarked that involvement in Spartanburg has helped  the interviewee's agency
better appreciate that the source of true collaborative problem solving is at the  local level.  In
addition,  interviewees noted  that federal  partners  have  learned  more  about  issues  of
environmental justice and how to address them.  One agency representative noted that before
becoming involved in this project,  the interviewee did not fully appreciate the disparities facing
minority communities.  In fact, before getting involved in the project, the interviewee typically
assumed  that communities would look to federal  agencies if  they  had  problems.    But
involvement in this community project  enabled  the interviewee to more  fully appreciate how
some communities have lost full trust in the government to assist them.  Other interviewees
noted that involvement in the ReGenesis project has helped federal partners gain the good will
of the community, learn how to think  innovatively, and  better appreciate that communities with
significant environmental problems may still be unidentified.

       When asked  whether  Federal  agencies have  been able to better coordinate  their
activities as a result of their involvement in the ReGenesis Partnership, most found it difficult to
answer,  especially since  EPA has  been the  federal  agency most visible in  Spartanburg.
Although three out of the eight interviewees who addressed this issue felt that EPA was doing a
good job in its coordination both with  the  City and the community, most interviewees were
unclear whether better federal coordination across different federal agencies has occurred.  One
interviewee explained  that  towards the beginning of the partnership, several agencies indicated
they had resources to contribute;  however, since that time it has appeared that  many of these
same federal  agencies have  disengaged.   This observation was  also  echoed by  another
interviewee's statement. Finally, one interviewee felt that having federal partners involved has
resulted in better coordination, mainly through improved understanding of the different agencies
resources, but that agencies still have a lot to learn in this area.

       Interviewees were  also  asked what federal  agencies  could  do to be more effective
partners  in local  collaborative efforts.  The first set of recommendations  centered on  how
agencies should interact with communities.  These  included getting involved early on in the
partnership,  meeting  with  the affected  community at the ground level,  genuinely listening to
community concerns,  and ensuring that  agency representatives possess sufficient maturity,
skill, and community involvement experience  to  participate effectively.   One interviewee
remarked that it requires  significant  effort to undo  damage  resulting from  actions taken, or
comments made, by agency representatives inexperienced in community work.
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                       111

-------
             Another set of recommendations focused on  how agencies  promote and  make  their
       resources available. Two interviewees suggested that federal agencies should do a better job
       of disseminating  information about applying for funding.   Another suggested  that agencies
       should  make community focused resources more user-friendly.  Citing  the  former Livable
       Communities initiative as a model, this interviewee added that this could be done in a number of
       ways, including asking each agency to support one person in each region and state who could
       effectively talk about available resources with communities.  These persons should then be
       listed in a directory, similar to what the Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice
       (IWG) currently makes available describing federal contacts. Other suggestions regarding this
       topic included making one agency serve as a lead agency for directing interested communities
       to resources available at  other agencies, and  requiring that each  agency  involved  in a
       partnership  use only one person to work directly with the community.  One local  interviewee
       explained that it was intimidating to try and understand the different work EPA was  trying to do
       in Spartanburg.  The interviewee further explained that with three-four different points of contact
       at EPA, it made it that  much  more difficult to understand all  the actions being undertaken.
       Echoing this sentiment, an agency interviewee explained that EPA was working to ensure better
       internal coordination at EPA of all those that were working directly on the Spartanburg issues.
       To accomplish this, an  internal work  group has been functioning since the summer of 2001.
       The work group has even developed  a set of principles to better guide the work of the group.
       Other recommendations  to improve how federal agencies work  in partnerships include sharing
       the stories of these efforts around EPA more regularly, continuing the IWG, working to learn
       more about the different resources that each agency has available, and requiring that more  than
       one federal  agency be  involved  local partnerships  in order  to develop  a  fuller picture  of
       resources that are available.

       Key Findings

          •  Partners are generally satisfied with the current state of  the partnership and  their ability
             to participate in it.  They are satisfied that their interests are being met and are optimistic
             about its future activities.

          •  Participants would appreciate greater information on project goals, objectives, timelines,
             measures of success,  roles,  and action  items from meetings.   This  would enable
             partners to feel confident about their role within the partnership and how they can  best
             apply resources to support it.

          •  Partners are very  satisfied with the level of community involvement in the partnership.
             ReGenesis has been effective at keeping the Arkwright and  Forest Park community well
             informed about the actions of the partnership.  In addition, ReGenesis ensures that  input
             from  the  community will  be heard  and used to  help  define and refine  the  overall
             partnership vision and direct activities necessary to implement that vision.

          •  Federal involvement played a significant role  in  helping the partnership  emerge.
             Specifically, federal partners have provided integral resources and technical  assistance.
             In addition,  by directly participating, federal  partners have boosted the credibility of the
             partnership  effort and raised expectations of the Arkwright and Forest Park  community
             that the overall partnership goals will be met.

          •  Local participation by the City and County  has also been critical to the partnership.
             However,  some  partners feel that additional support from the City  and County is still
             needed in order for the partnership activities to be fully implemented.
112    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
   •   Much of the partnership's concern regarding future activities centers on the investigation
       and cleanup  of the contaminated  sites and  the development of the  Brownfields
       comprehensive plan.  EPA has not yet made final  decisions regarding the cleanups of
       the Arkwright Dump and fertilizer plant sites. Although expectations are that cleanup
       issues  will be resolved, several activities must be put on hold until key decisions
       regarding the sites are made.   Another key  component  is the development of  a
       comprehensive plan for the area.  This plan will help better define the overall vision of
       the partnership,  but until a final plan can be completed and agreed to, few revitalization
       efforts can proceed.

   •   Unresolved disputes, between ReGenesis and  Rhodia, and between ReGenesis and
       IMC, could adversely impact the effectiveness of the partnership in the future. However,
       few partners believe that these  disputes will significantly detract from the partnership
       achieving its overall cleanup and  revitalization goals.

Afterword

       After interviewees had the opportunity  to review  the first draft of this  case study,  a
member of the ReGenesis Partnership's steering committee submitted an  update regarding
activities of the partnership since March 2002. These are summarized briefly below. First, over
100 partners are now involved in the ReGenesis Partnership effort.  Second, the ReGenesis
Partnership has been awarded a  $230,000 Ford Foundation  grant; and a  $1.2  million U.S.
Senate appropriation for transportation development (U.S. Senator Ernest F. Hollings).  Third,
the partnership has been awarded a $250,000 Weed and Seed grant from the U.S. Department
of Justice.   Finally,  in June  2002,  Harold Mitchell was  awarded EPA's National  "Citizens
Excellence in Community Involvement Award."279
ReGenesis Partnership                                                                       113

-------
      List of Interviewees

      Barrio Logan Partnership
      Don Ames-               California Air Resources Board
      Norma Chavez             Metropolitan Area Advisory Council on Anti-Poverty Project
      Susana  Concha-Garcia-    American Lung Association of San Diego & Imperial Counties
      Paula Forbis               Environmental Health Coalition
      Clarice Gaylord             formerly with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Steven Gold               San Diego Attorney's Office
      James Justus              Inner City Business Association
      Jerry Martin-               California Air Resources Board
      Lane McVey               National Steel and Shipbuilding Company
      David Merk                Unified Port District
      Lewis Michaelson          Katz and Associates
      Frank Riley                U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
      Sonia Rodriquez-          Mercado Tenants Association
      Charles "Muggs" Stoll       California Department of Transportation

      Bridges to Friendship Partnership
      Richard  Allen               U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
      Uwe Brandes              District of Columbia
      Brian Christopher          Alice Hamilton Occupational Health Center
      Gentry Davis-              U.S. National Park Service
      Camille  Destafny           U.S. Navy
      Judith Dobbins-            Covenant House D.C.
      Christine Hart-Wright        Strive DC, Inc.
      Linda Jackson              Building Bridges Across the River
      David Ouderkirk            U.S. Navy
      Randy Parker-             U.S. Department of Labor
      Reginald Parrish           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Mike Shannon-             Covenant House D.C.
      Maxine Snowden-          U.S. National Park Service
      Mike Wallach              Anacostia Economic Development Corporation
      Babette Williams-          U.S. Department of Labor
      Admiral  Christopher Weaver U.S. Navy

      Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership
      Jeff Benson-               Metlakatla Indian Community
      Garth Beyette              Federal Aviation Administration
      Robert Deering-           U.S. Coast Guard
      Frank Esposito-            U.S. Coast Guard
      Jere Hayslett               Federal Aviation Administration
      Robert Johnson            Army Corps of Engineers
      Cliff Mahooty               U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs
      Felicia Wright              U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Len Richeson              U.S. Department of Defense
      Callie Ridolfi-              Ridolfi Engineers

      -Denotes that individual participated in a group interview.
114

-------
Metro East Lead
Chris Anderson
Tony Camillo
Noemi  Emeric
Dave Eustis
Blair Forlaw
Tom Miller
Rebecca Perkins
Deb Roush
Joan Scharf
Lue Walters
Collaborative
          East St. Louis Community Development Block Grant Operation
          St. Mary's Hospital
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Southwestern Illinois Resource Conservation and Development
          East-West Gateway Coordinating Council
          Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
          Neighbors United for Progress
          Army Corps of Engineers
          St. Clair County Intergovernmental Grants Department
          Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA)
New Madrid Partnership
Walter Bone-
Victor Blackburn-
Mary Evans-
Gwen Farr
Darvin Green
Adrienne Hunter-Wells-
Laura McKeever-
Rose Minner
Althea Moses
Willie Pittman-
Fred Reeves
Ervin Schaedler-
Louise Typler

ReGenesis Partnership
Doug Bracket
George Fletcher-
John Funderburk
Mike Garret
Dr. David Goolsby
Brian Holtzclaw
Ralph Howard
Kelly Long
Harold Mitchell
Cynthia Peurifoy
Lewis Pilgrim
Robert Reed-
Elena Rush
James Talley-
Jim Trafton
Brad Wyche-
          Great Rivers Alliance Natural Resource Districts
          Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA)
          Community Facilitator
          Community Health Team
          Lincoln University Cooperative, Community Development Corp.
          Community Coordinator
          Great Rivers Alliance Natural Resource Districts
          Community Facilitator/Community Team Member
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA)
          Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA)
          Great Rivers Alliance Natural Resource Districts
          Headstart
          Spartanburg Technical College
          Fletcher Consulting
          Upstate Assistant for U.S. Senator E.F. Hollings
          City of Spartanburg
          South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
          U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
          U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
          Office of U.S. Congressman Jim DeMint
          ReGenesis
          U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
          Arkwright Neighborhood Association
          Councilman for City of Spartanburg
          Spartanburg County
          formerly Mayor of City of Spartanburg
          Rhodia, Inc.
          UpState Forever
-Denotes that individual participated in a group interview.
List of Interviewees
                                                                        115

-------
       Copy of Interview Guide

       Evaluating the Environmental Justice Collaborative Model
       Interview Guide

       Background
       The Interagency Working Group on  Environmental Justice (IWG) made the development of a
       collaborative problem-solving  model a  priority last year  by  promoting fifteen  environmental
       justice demonstration projects.  To  better assess the value of the collaborative model and
       capture lessons learned to benefit future partnerships, the IWG  committed to the development
       of an evaluation methodology.

       To assist  the IWG in carrying out this important task, the EPA Office of Policy, Economics and
       Innovation's  Evaluation  Support Division is preparing case studies  of selected  demonstration
       projects.  These case studies seek to identify lessons learned in  a number of important areas to
       gain  a  better understanding  of this emerging collaborative model.   The 	
       project/partnership/collaborative has been selected to be a candidate for the case study effort.

       To gather the information needed to develop the case studies and assess the overall value of
       the collaborative  model,  the Evaluation Team has created a series of interview questions to
       discuss with stakeholders participating in the	project/partnership/collaborative.
       Your responses to these  questions will  provide lessons that the Evaluation Team can  use to
       better understand:

       •      key factors contributing to project success and challenges;

       •      the effectiveness of multi-stakeholder collaborative partnerships to address
             environmental justice issues; and

       •      the effectiveness of Federal agency involvement in these  projects.

       The guide includes standard questions we plan to draw from in our interviews with partners from
       each of the participating projects.  We may also ask a limited set of additional questions that are
       more specific to your project. The interview will take approximately 60-90 minutes.

       Your responses to these questions will be used solely  by the Evaluation Team to develop the
       evaluation/case study report. Your name or organization will not be directly associated with any
       quotations used or narrative developed unless you specifically grant  permission.  Our notes
       from  your interview can  only be made available to outside  parties through a Freedom of
       Information Act request; however, formal requests for interview notes are very rare.

       We appreciate your assistance in this effort, and look forward to speaking with you.

       1. General Background

       a.     Briefly describe the main issues facing the affected community that brought the
       	project/partnership/collaborative together?

       b.     How long have you been a part of the	project/partnership/collaborative?

       c.     Why did you decide to join the	project/partnership/collaborative? What is your
       role with the project/partnership/collaborative? (e.g., facilitator, project coordinator, participant)
116

-------
d.      Briefly describe how the	project/partnership/collaborative came about.
-When was the project/partnership/collaborative started?
   -What stage of development is the project/partnership/collaborative in now? (e.g., early,
middle, or late stages)

2. Background on Collaborative Process

a.      Please describe generally how the	project/partnership/collaborative works?
-How often  do you and your project/partnership/collaborative partners meet?
-How do you make decisions as a group?
-How were you and others asked to participate?
-How does the group address difficult issues that arise between members?

b.      Have the organizational styles and procedures of the different organizations limited
effective collaboration between partners? How do you and your partners break down
organizational barriers?

c.      How does the	project/partnership/collaborative allow for meaningful
community  involvement? (e.g., are meetings open to the public, are meeting's structured so that
community  participants can effectively participate, are technical issues clearly explained) How
has input from the affected community been used in prioritizing action plans during the  planning
process?

d.      To what extent has the	project/partnership/collaborative resulted in greater
collaboration with Federal, State, Tribal, and local governments and organizations?

3. Satisfaction with Collaborative Process

a.      Have you and your organization been satisfied with your ability to participate in the
project decision-making process? Please explain.

b.      Are  the issues most important to you and your organization being  adequately addressed
by the	project/partnership/collaborative? Why or why not?

4. Project Activities and Results

a.      What are the main activities the	project/partnership/collaborative has
undertaken so far? (e.g., air quality monitoring, brownfields redevelopment, community visioning
workshops, etc.)

b.      To what extent has the organization you represent been able to dedicate resources to
help implement these activities? (e.g., volunteer time/expertise, staff time/expertise, $, technical
assistance)

c.      What impacts have these activities had at addressing the main issues facing the affected
community?

d.      Are you satisfied with the outcomes of these  activities so far? Please explain.

5. Project Successes and Challenges
Copy of Interview Guide                                                                     117

-------
       a.     How does the	project/partnership/collaborative plan to measure the success
       of these activities?

       b.     What has been the greatest success of the	project/partnership/collaborative so
       far? What have been the main reasons for this success?

       c.     What has been the biggest challenge of the	project/partnership/collaborative
       so far?
          -What have been the main reasons for this challenge?
       -Has your group been able to overcome this challenge? How?

       6. Value of Collaborative Process to Affected Community

       a.     What has been the overall value of using a collaborative process to address the main
       issues facing the affected community?

       b.     Do you feel that the collaborative process used in the	
       project/partnership/collaborative can address similar issues that the affected community may
       face in the future? Please explain.

       c.     How would the main issues facing the affected community have been addressed if the
       	project/partnership/collaborative had not been formed?

       d.     What would you recommend to improve how the	
       project/partnership/collaborative works in the future?

       e.     What additional lessons can you share with other communities interested in using a
       collaborative process?

       7. Value of Federal Involvement

       a.     Have participating Federal agencies identified conflicting requirements in their statutes
       or regulations that have been barriers to the success of the	
       project/partnership/collaborative?

       b.     What has been the effect of having Federal partners participate in the	project/
       partnership/collaborative for the affected community?

       c.     What do you  think the Federal agencies have gained  by participating in the	
       project/partnership/collaborative?

       d.     Have participating Federal agencies been better able to coordinate their activities as a
       result of the	project/partnership/collaborative?

       e.  What would you recommend so that Federal agencies best tailor their roles to participate in
          collaborative processes?
118    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Works Cited

                                     Introduction

Daniels, Steven E. and Gregg B. Walker. Working Through Environmental Conflict The
       Collaborative Learning Approach. (Westport, Connecticut: Praeger, 2001).

Gray, Barbara. Collaborating: Finding Multiparty Ground for Multiparty Problems. (San
       Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1989).

Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Environmental Justice Collaborative
       Model: A Framework to Ensure Local Problem-Solving, Status Report, U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Justice, EPA 300-R-02-001,
       February 2002.

Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency
       Environmental Justice Action Agenda, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of
       Environmental Justice, EPA/300-R-00-008, November 2000.
       .

International City/County Management Association, Report: Forum  on Building Collaborative
       Models to Achieve Environmental Justice - May 17 & 18 2001, Chevy Chase, Maryland.

Lee, Charles, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency;  Office of Environmental Justice, Associate Director
       for Policy and Interagency Liaison, Electronic Communication, 2 April 2002.

National Environmental Justice Advisory Council; A Federal Advisory Committee to the U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, "June 25, 2002 Letter to EPA Administrator," in
       Integration of Environmental Justice in Federal Agency Programs: A Report developed
       from the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council Meeting of December 11-14,
       2000. May 2002.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Federal  Register Notice on Environmental Justice
       Revitalization Projects sponsored by the Federal Interagency Working Group on
       Environmental Justice," 24 April 2002.
       .

                               Barrio Logan  Partnership

Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project. Electronic Communication. 17 July
       2002.

Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project. "Partnering Session  Summary, April
       4,2001."

Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project. "Partnering Session  Summary,
       March 6, 2001."

Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project. "Partnering Session  Summary, May
       15,2001."
                                                                                         119

-------
       Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Presentation by Barrio Logan
             Partnership," Forum on Building Collaborative Models to Achieve Environmental Justice
             hosted by the International City/County Management Association. Bethesda, Maryland.
             17-18 May 2001.

       Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Revised Draft Partnering
             Agreement for the Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project,"
             Distributed at the Forum on Building Collaborative Models to Achieve Environmental
             Justice hosted by the International City/County Management Association. Bethesda,
             Maryland. 17-18 May 2001.

       City of San Diego, "A Strategy for Updating the City's General Plan," General Plan, City of
             Villages. 2002.
             .

       City of San Diego, Barrio Logan Livable Neighborhoods Team,  "Barrio Logan revitalization
             action plan." September 1996.

       City of San Diego; City  Manager's Office, "San Diego Recognized as  Most Efficiently Run City in
             California." 4 March 2002. .

       Chicano Federation of San Diego County Inc. and Martinez/Wong & Associates, "Executive
             Summary," Barrio Educational Cultural Activities Complex Feasibility Study - Phase 1.
             February 1984.

       City of San Diego; Mayor's Office, "Dick Murphy's 10 Goals," 2002.
             .

       Concha-Garcia, Susanna,  Tobacco & Environmental Health; American Lung Association of San
             Diego & Imperial Counties, Electronic Communication. 23 April 2002.

       Delgado, Kevin, "A Turning Point: The Conception and Realization of Chicano Park," The
             Journal of San Diego  History. Winter  1998, Volume 44, Number 1.
             .

       Forbis, Paula, Environmental Health Coalition, Electronic Communication. 17 July 2002.

       Forbis, Paula, Environmental Health Coalition, Electronic Communication. 30 August 2002.

       Pacific Institute, Lisa Owens-Viani and Arlene K. Wong, "Brownfields  in Barrio Logan: New
             Word for an Old Idea," in Brownfields Redevelopment: Meeting the Challenge of
             Community Participation. May 2000.

       U.S. Census Bureau, "Table QT-P3: Race and Hispanic or Latino-San Diego city, California,"
             Census 2000 Summary File 1 (SF 1)  100-Percent Data.  17 April 2002.
             .

       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Environmental Health Coalition,  Letter to
             potential partners for the Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project.
             San Diego, California. 9 January 2001.
120    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration
      Projects: An Interim Report. December 2000.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Fact Sheet: Integrated Federal Interagency
      Environmental Justice Action Agenda." November 2000. .

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 9, "Fact Sheet: Barrio Logan Environmental
      Justice Project." 13 November 2000.

                          Bridges to Friendship Partnership

Bridges to Friendship Partnership,  "Columbia Rising: A Series of Community Dialogues
      Approach."? May2001.

Bridges to Friendship Partnership,  "Vision, Mission, and Statement of Purpose," Memorandum.
      4 June 2001.

Fountain, W.J., "Ward 8 In Profile:  After Long Slide, Hope Peeks From Ruin,"
      Washingtonpost.com. 28 May 1998.

Global Environment & Technology Foundation, "Bridges to Friendship Overview," Bridges to
      Friendship. 7 July 1998.

Global Environmental & Technology Foundation, "Community Empowerment Strategic Plan
      Outline," Bridges to Friendship.  10 July 1998.

Government of District of Columbia; Office of Planning, "Anacostia Waterfront Initiative,"
      Welcome to Washington District of Columbia. 22 May 2002.
      .

Halnon, Mary, "Opportunity: Race in Anacostia through the Civil War," Crossing the River; Race,
      Geography, and the Federal Government in Anacostia. 21 May 2002.
      .

Halnon, Mary, "The Changing Face of Anacostia: Public Housing and Urban Renewal,"
      Crossing the river; Race, Geography, and the Federal Government in Anacostia. 21 May
      2002. .

Ouderkirk, David, Naval District Washington; Executive Director, Bridges to Friendship,
      Electronic Communication. 21  January  2003.

Ouderkirk, David, Naval District Washington; Executive Director, Bridges to Friendship, Phone
      Interview. 21 January 2003.

Southwest Neighborhood Assembly, Inc., "History of Southwest DC." 14 May 2002.
       .

U.S. Department of Housing  and Urban Development, "HUD Helps Create Jobs and Revitalize
      SE Washington To Help President's DC Economic Development Plan Succeed." 12
      March 1997.
      .
Works Cited                                                                              121

-------
      Washington, DC: A National Register of Historic Places Travel Itinerary, "Washington's
             Neighborhoods." 21  May 2002. .

                            Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership

      Alaska Department of Community & Economic Development, "Metlakatla. Alaska Community
             Information Summary." Certified December 2001.
             .

      Beyette, Garth, Federal Aviation Administration -Alaskan Region, Project Manager, Electronic
             Communication. 9 July 2002.

      Booth, William, "In Alaska, Logging  Ban and Local Hopes Collide," The Washington Post. 15
             August 2001.

      Congressional Declaration, 48 U.S.C. 358. 3 March 1891.

      Federal Aviation Administration -Alaska Region, "Annette Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001-
             2006," Federal Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects Annette
             Island Alaska. April 2001.

      Federal Aviation Administration -Alaskan Region, "Annette Island. Proposed 2002 Program.
             Operation Clean Sweep, Phase 1 and Phase 2." December 2001.

      Federal Aviation Administration, "Annette Island Environmental Restoration Issues," Anchorage,
             Alaska. August 1997.
            . document 19.

      Hosmer, Brian C., American Indians in the Marketplace: Persistence and Innovation Among the
             Menominees and the Metlakatlans: 1870-1920. (Lawrence, Kansas: University of
             Kansas Press, 1999).

      Metlakatla Indian Community and Environmental Concern, Inc, "Metlakatla Indian Community
             Annette Island Reserve Comprehensive Development Plan," 1972.

      Metlakatla Indian Community Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Meeting
             Summary," 12 September 2000.

      Metlakatla Indian Community, "Letter directed to FAA," 24 January 1995. (Included as an
             appendix in  United States Federal Aviation Administration, "Annette Island
             Environmental Restoration Issues," Anchorage, Alaska. August 1997.
             . document 19.

      Metlakatla Indian Community, "Metlakatla Indian EC Benchmark Summary Report," October
             2001. Metlakatla Indian Enterprise Community, EZ/EC Communities. October 2001.
             .

      Metlakatla Indian Community, "1999 Annual Report Executive Summary," Metlakatla Indian
             Enterprise Community, EZ/EC Communities.
             
-------
MOU Intergovernmental Workgroup, "Briefing Paper for the MIC Council." October 2000. p. 2.
       . document 50.

Pacific Rim Planners, Inc, "Annette Islands-Coastal Zone Management Program. Public
       Hearing Draft Report," Prepared for the Metlakatla Indian Community. Seattle,
       Washington. June 1979. .

Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc., "Master Plan for Environmental Mitigation of the
       Metlakatla Peninsula," Prepared for Metlakatla Indian Community. Seattle, Washington.
       Revised January 1998. . document
       22.

Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc, "Preliminary Assessment. Metlakatla Peninsula,"
       Prepared for Metlakatla Indian Community. Seattle, Washington. 10 October 1996. pp.
       7-10. . document 17.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. Fact
       Sheet, "Brownfields Showcase Community -Metlakatla Indian Community, AK," EPA
       500-F-00-228. Washington, D.C. October 2000. .

                            Metro East Lead Collaborative

Belleville News-Democrat, "On Target to Fix  Lead Problem," Belleville News-Democrat. 3
       September 2000.

Emeric, Noemi, City of Los Angeles;  Brownfields Program Manager (formerly with U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency; Region 5), Phone Interview. 21 January 2003.

Getz, Jim,  "Officials Tackle Lead-paint Problems "St. Clair-Monroe Post. 5 July 2001.

Hodapp, Mark, "Group Takes Aim at Youth Problems: Seeing Potential Fulfilled is Goal," St.
       Louis Journal. 11 March 2001.

Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency
       Environmental Justice Action Agenda, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of
       Environmental Justice, EPA/300-R-00-008, November 2000.
       .

Metro East Lead Collaborative, "Protecting Children's Health & Reducing Lead Exposure
       through Collaborative Partnership," Environmental Justice Action Agenda Presentation.
       East St. Louis, IL.

Parish, Norma. "Hospital Tests Children for Lead Poisoning in Metro East," St. Louis Post-
       Dispatch.  September 2000.

Penn, Kara, St. Mary's Hospital of East St. Louis, Electronic Communication. 23 January 2003.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency Metro East Soil
       Sampling  Work Update." 2000.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics and Office of
       Ground Water and Drinking Water, "Lead Poisoning and Your Children."
Works Cited                                                                              123

-------
             .

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration
             Projects: An Interim Report. December 2000.

      Interagency Working  Group on  Environmental Justice,  Integrated Federal  Interagency
             Environmental Justice Action Agenda, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of
             Environmental Justice, EPA/300-R-00-008, November 2000.
             .

                                     New Madrid Partnership

      "Action Plan: New Madrid county Tri-Community Child Health Champion Pilot Project," 2000.

      Harrington, Mary, formerly with Mathematica Policy Research, Inc.; Personal Communication.
             29 January 2003.

      Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency
             Environmental Justice Action Agenda, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of
             Environmental Justice, EPA/300-R-00-008, November 2000.
             .
      I
      Jason, Dr. Emil, "Presentation," Sixteenth Meeting of the National Environmental Justice
             Advisory Council, Volume II. 17 December 2000.
             .

      Mathematica Policy Research, Inc- Mary Harrington and Embry Howell, "Evaluation of the
             Child Health Champion Pilot Program: Final Report," Submitted to: U.S. Environmental
             Protection Agency; Office of Children's Health Protection. 30 September 2002.
             .

      Mathematica Policy Research, Inc- Embry Howell, Mary Harrington, Elizabeth Langer, Sara
             Roschwalb, and Rebecca Kliman, "Interim Report and Evaluation Plan: Child  Health
             Champion  Pilot Program National Evaluation," Submitted to: U.S.  Environmental
             Protection Agency; Office of Children's Health. 4 August 2000.
             .

      Moses, Althea, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January
             2003.
      I
      "New Madrid County Tri-Community Child Health Champion Campaign Kick-Off Event." 30
             January 1999.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration
             Projects: An Interim Report. December 2000.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, "Demonstration Project Criteria Information:
             Integrated  Federal Interagency Environmental Justice Action Agenda."

                                     ReGenesis  Partnership
124    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Administrative Order by Consent for Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study and Removal, International
       Minerals and Chemicals Site, Spartanburg, South Carolina, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Docket No. 01 -3753-C, July 10, 2001.

Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site:
       Spartanburg, South Carolina," Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
       Region 4. 23 February 2001.

Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "DRAFT Community Involvement Plan," International
       Minerals and Chemicals Site: Spartanburg, South Carolina. Prepared for U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 18 May 2001.

Community & Economic Development Department; Spartanburg County, Jennifer L. Vissage &
       Elena P. Rush, Cooperative Agreement Work Plan Arkwright  Superfund Redevelopment
       Initiative. 22 August 2001 (Revised 16 November 2001).

Conley, Linda, "Arkwright points an ailing finger at fertilizer plant," Spartanburg Herald-Journal,
       2 August 1999.

Conley, Linda, "Arkwright residents take steps to revitalize their community Visions for the
       future," Spartanburg Herald Journal. 12 December 1999.

"Discovering Rhodia," Rhodia home page, . 5 December 2001.

Federal Interagency Working Group, "Sustaining Partnerships through Collaborative Action."
       Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice Brochure. February 2001.

Garrett, Michael, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell, ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of
       Spartanburg. Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.

Hamm, Tanya Bordeaux, in cooperation with the Spartanburg Area Chamber of Commerce,
       Spartanburg: International Flavor, Southern Style. Printed in Mexico. 1999.  Chapter
       Two.

Holtzclaw, Brian. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Electronic Communication,
       23 August 2002.

Howard, Jr., Ralph O. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Electronic
       communication, 29 January 2003.

Howard, Jr., Ralph O. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Arkwright Dump Project
       Manager, Electronic communication, 13 February 2002.

Norman, Diane. "Lawsuit takes aim at IMC over Arkwright site," Spartanburg Herald Journal.
       (Middle Tyger Bureau Editor), 11 April 2001.

"ReGenesis, Inc.: A Community-Based,  Community-Driven Grass Roots Environmental Justice
       Organization." Informational Piece on ReGenesis, Inc.

Rhodia Inc. and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "National Environmental Achievement
       Track.  Application Form." 3 August 2000. .  5
       December 2001.
Works Cited                                                                              125

-------
      TetraTechEM Inc., "Expanded Site Inspection Report for the International Minerals and Chemicals Site:
             Spartanburg, South Carolina," (approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency), 16
             November 2000,

      U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, "Health Consultation, Arkwright
             Dump," 26 May 2000.

      U.S. Census Bureau, "Population of Spartanburg city, South Carolina," Census 2000 Summary
             File 1 (SF 1) 100-Percent Data. 27 November 2001.

      U.S. Census Bureau, "Population of Spartanburg County, South Carolina." Census 2000
             Summary File 1 (SF 1) 100-Percent Data. 27 November 2001.
             .

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Arkwright Dump," Fact Sheet. January 30,
             2001.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Environmental Justice (EJ) "Contributions in
             the Waste Management Division (WD), U.S. EPA Region 4 - Southeast." Mid-April To
             Mid-June, FY 2001.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Fact sheet: IMC Fertilizer Site Update,"
             Superfund Program. May 2000.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Fact sheet: Site Inspection (SI) Results:
             Former IMC Fertilizer Site," Superfund Program. March 1999.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Update Fact Sheet No. 2," Remedial
             Investigation/Feasibility Study: Arkwright Dump Site.  25 May 2001.

      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Solid Waste and Emergency Response, EPA
             Brownfields Assessment Demonstration Pilot: Spartanburg County, SC, EPA 500-F-01-
             286. April 2001.
126    Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
Endnotes

  Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental
Justice Collaborative Model: A Framework to Ensure Local Problem-Solving, Status Report, EPA 300-R-02-001,
February 2002. p. 5.
2 International City/County Management Association, Report: Forum on Building Collaborative Models to Achieve
Environmental Justice-May 17 & 18, 2001, Chevy Chase, Maryland, pp.7-10.
 (scroll to "Environmental Justice" and click on "White Paper").
3 Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency Environmental Justice Action
Agenda. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Environmental Justice.  EPA/300-R-00-008. November
2000. p. 5. .
4 Ibid. p. 8.
5 Ibid. pp. 8, 13-41.
6 Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental
Justice Collaborative Model: A Framework to Ensure Local Problem-Solving, Status Report, EPA 300-R-02-001,
February 2002, p. 5.
7 Ibid. p. 5.
  Qtd. in ibid.  p. iv.
9 National Environmental Justice Advisory Council; A Federal Advisory Committee to the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, "June 25, 2002 Letter to EPA Administrator," in Integration of Environmental Justice in Federal
Agency Programs: A Report developed from the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council Meeting of
December 11-14, 2000. May 2002.
10 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  "Federal Register Notice on Environmental Justice Revitalization Projects
sponsored by the Federal Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice," 24 April 2002.
.
   Charles Lee, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Environmental Justice, Associate Director for Policy and
Interagency Liaison, Electronic Communication, 2 April 2002.
12 Ibid.
13 Environmental  Justice Collaborative Model: A Framework to Ensure Local Problem-Solving, Status Report, p. 8.
   Barbara Gray,  Collaborating: Finding Multiparty Ground for Multiparty Problems. (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass
Publishers,  1989). p. 5.
15 Ibid. pp. 6-7.
16 Ibid. p. 57.
17 Ibid, pp.21.
1 R
   Ibid.pp. 23-25.
   Steven E. Daniels and Gregg B. Walker, Working Through Environmental Conflict The Collaborative Learning
Approach. (Westport, Connecticut:  Praeger, 2001). p. 10.
20 Ibid. p. 63.
21 Ibid. pp. 10,4.
22 Ibid. p. 11.
23 Ibid.p. 57.
24 Ibid. p. 12.

                                     Barrio Logan Partnership
25
   U.S. Census Bureau, "Table QT-P3: Race and Hispanic or Latino-San Diego city, California," Census 2000
Summary File 1 (SF 1) 100-Percent Data. 17 April 2002.  .
26 City of San  Diego; City Manager's Office, "San Diego Recognized as Most Efficiently Run City  in California." 4
March 2002. .
27City of San Diego; Mayor's Office, "Dick Murphy's 10 Goals,"2002.
.
2BCity of San  Diego, "A Strategy for Updating the City's General Plan," General Plan, City of Villages.  2002.
.
29 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 9, "Fact Sheet: Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Project." 13
November 2000.
.
3u Kevin Delgado, "A Turning Point: The Conception and Realization of Chicano Park," The Journal of San  Diego
History. Winter 1998, Volume 44, Number 1. .
31 Ibid.
                                                                                                             127

-------
        32Chicano Federation of San Diego County Inc. and Martinez/Wong & Associates, "Executive Summary," Barrio
        Educational Cultural Activities Complex Feasibility Study-Phase 1. February 1984. p. 2.
        33Delgado.
        34 Ibid.
        35 Paula Forbis, Environmental Health Coalition, Electronic Communication. 17 July 2002.
        36 Susanna Concha-Garcia, Tobacco & Environmental Health; American Lung Association of San Diego & Imperial
        Counties, Electronic Communication. 23 April 2002.
        37Chicano Federation of San Diego County Inc. and Martinez/Wong & Associates,  p. 1.
        38Delgado.
        39 City of San Diego; Barrio Logan Livable Neighborhoods Team, "Barrio Logan revitalization action plan." September
        1996. p. ill.
        40 Ibid. pp. ill, 27.
        41 Ibid. p. ill.
        49
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 9.
        43 Ibid.
        44 Ibid.
        45 Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency Environmental Justice
        Action Agenda. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Environmental Justice.  EPA/300-R-00-008.
        November 2000. p. 35. .
        46Delgado.
        47 Susanna Concha-Garcia, Tobacco & Environmental Health; American Lung Association of San Diego & Imperial
        Counties, Electronic Communication. 23 April 2002.
        48 Ibid.
        49 Susanna Concha-Garcia, Tobacco & Environmental Health; American Lung Association of San Diego & Imperial
        Counties, Electronic Communication. 23 April 2002.
        50Chicano Federation of San Diego County Inc. and Martinez/Wong & Associates,  p. 1.
        51 Ibid.
        52 Pacific Institute, p. 66.
        53 Paula Forbis, Environmental Health Coalition, Electronic Communication. 30 August 2002.
        54 Ibid.
        55 Ibid.
        56 City of San Diego; Barrio Logan Livable Neighborhoods Team. p. 28.
        57 Paula Forbis, Environmental Health Coalition, Electronic Communication. 30 August 2002.
        58 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim
        Report. December 2000, pp. 68-69.
        59 Ibid.
        60 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Environmental Health  Coalition, Letter to potential partners for the
        Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project. San Diego,  California. 9 January 2001.
        61 Ibid.
        62 Ibid.
        63 Ibid.
        64 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Revised  Draft Partnering Agreement for the Barrio
        Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project," Distributed at the  Forum on Building Collaborative  Models to
        Achieve Environmental Justice hosted by the International  City/County Management Association. Bethesda,
        Maryland.  17-18 May 2001.
        65 Ibid.
        "| Ibid.

        68 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Partnering Session Summary, March 6, 2001."
        9 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Partnering Session Summary, April 4, 2001."

        71
67 Ibid.
70 Ibid.
          Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Partnering Session Agenda, May 15, 2001."
        72 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Presentation by Barrio Logan Partnership," Forum on
        Building Collaborative Models to Achieve Environmental Justice hosted by the International City/County Management
        Association. Bethesda, Maryland. 17-18 May 2001.
        73 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Fact Sheet: Protecting Community Health and
        Reducing Toxic Air Exposure through Collaborative Partnerships in Barrio Logan," Distributed at the Forum on
        Building Collaborative Models to Achieve Environmental Justice hosted by the International City/County Management
        Association. Bethesda, Maryland. 17-18 May 2001.
        74 Ibid.
        75 Barrio Logan Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, Electronic Communication.  17 July 17 2002.
128     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
76 Ibid.
77 Ibid.
                                Bridges to Friendship Partnership
78 W.J. Fountain, "Ward 8 In Profile: After Long Slide, Hope Peeks From Ruin," Washingtonpost.com. 28 May 1998.
79 Washington, DC: A National Register of Historic Places Travel Itinerary, "Washington's Neighborhoods." 21 May
2002. .
80Mary Halnon, "Opportunity: Race in Anacostia through the Civil War," Crossing the River; Race, Geography, and
the Federal Government in Anacostia. 21 May 2002. .
81Mary Halnon, "The Changing Face of Anacostia: Public Housing and Urban Renewal," Crossing the river; Race,
Geography, and the Federal Government in Anacostia. 21 May 2002.
.
8 Fountain, p. 1.
83 Southwest Neighborhood Assembly, Inc., "History of Southwest DC." 14 May 2002.
 .
84 "The Changing Face of Anacostia: Public Housing and Urban Renewal," p. 1.
85 "History of Southwest DC." pi
86 Fountain, p. 1.
87 Ibid.
88 U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development,  "HUD Helps Create Jobs and Revitalize SE Washington To
Help President's DC Economic Development Plan Succeed." 12 March 1997.
.
8 Global Environment & Technology Foundation, "Bridges to Friendship Overview," Bridges to Friendship. 1 July
1998.
   David Ouderkirk, Naval District Washington; Executive Director, Bridges to Friendship, Phone Interview, 21 January
2003.
91  Ibid.
92 Bridges to Friendship Partnership, "Vision, Mission, and Statement of Purpose," Memorandum. 4 June 2001.
93 Global Environmental & Technology Foundation, "Community Empowerment Strategic Plan Outline," Bridges to
Friendship.  10 July 1998. p. 3.
94 Bridges to Friendship Partnership, "Columbia Rising: A Series of Community Dialogues Approach." 7 May 2001.
95 Government of District of Columbia; Office of Planning, "Anacostia Waterfront Initiative,"  Welcome to
Washington District  of Columbia. 22  May 2002. .
   David Ouderkirk, Naval District Washington; Executive Director, Bridges to Friendship, Electronic Communication, 21
January 2003.

                           Metlakatla Peninsula Cleanup Partnership
97Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc,  "Preliminary Assessment. Metlakatla Peninsula," Prepared for Metlakatla
Indian Community. Seattle, Washington. 10 October 1996. pp. 7-10.
. document 17.
98 Brian C. Hosmer, American Indians in the Marketplace: Persistence and Innovation Among the Menominees and
the Metlakatlans: 1870-1920. (Lawrence, Kansas: University of Kansas Press,  1999). pp. 138, 185-200.
99 United States Federal Aviation Administration, "Annette Island Environmental Restoration Issues," Anchorage,
Alaska. August 1997.  p. 1.
. document 19.
100 Congressional Declaration, 48 U.S.C. 358. ," Annette Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001- 3 March 1891.
101 Pacific Rim Planners, Inc, "Annette Islands -Coastal Zone Management Program. Public Hearing Draft Report,"
Prepared for the Metlakatla  Indian Community. Seattle, Washington. June 1979. p. 1.
.
1  United States Federal Aviation Administration, "Annette Island Environmental Restoration Issues." p. 1.
103 Hosmer.  p. 200.
104 Pacific Rim Planners, Inc. p. 1.
105 Federal Aviation Administration -Alaska Region," Annette Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001-2006," Federal
Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects Annette Island Alaska. April 2001. p. 4.
106 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Fact Sheet, "Brownfields
Showcase Community-Metlakatla Indian Community, AK/'EP/A 500-F-00-228. Washington, D.C. October 2000.
.
1u'lbid.
108 Ibid.
109 Pacific Rim Planners, Inc. p. 29.
Endnotes                                                                                                  129

-------
        110 Metlakatla Indian Community and Environmental Concern, Inc., "Metlakatla Indian Community Annette Island
        Reserve Comprehensive Development Plan," 1972. pp. 59, 61.
        111 Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc, "Preliminary Assessment. Metlakatla Peninsula." p. 14.
        112 Ibid. p. 15.
        1 n
          Alaska Department of Community & Economic Development, "Metlakatla. Alaska Community Information
        Summary." Certified December 2001. .
        114 Ibid.                               	
        115 (1) Metlakatla Indian Community Environmental Justice Demonstration Project, "Meeting Summary." 12
        September 2000. (2) U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Fact
        Sheet "Brownfields Showcase Community—Metlakatla Indian Community, AK." EPA 500-F-00-228. Washington,
        D.C. October 2000. . (3) William Booth, "In Alaska, Logging Ban and Local Hopes
        Collide," The Washington  Post. 15 August 2001.  p. A01.
        116 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
        117 (1) Metlakatla Indian Community, "Metlakatla Indian EC Benchmark Summary Report," October 2001. Metlakatla
        Indian Enterprise Community, EZ/EC Communities. October 2001.
        . (2) Metlakatla Indian Community,
        "1999 Annual Report Executive Summary," Metlakatla Indian Enterprise Community, EZ/EC Communities.
        .
        118 Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc, "Preliminary Assessment. Metlakatla Peninsula." p. 5.
        119 Metlakatla Indian Community, "Letter directed to FAA." 24 January 1995. (Included as an appendix in United
        States Federal Aviation Administration, "Annette  Island Environmental Restoration Issues." Anchorage, Alaska.
        August 1997. . document 19.
        120 Federal Aviation Administration -Alaskan Region, "Annette Island  Cleanup Proposal, 2001-2006."  p. 7.
        121 Ibid. pp. 7-8.
        122 Ridolfi Engineers and Associates, Inc., "Master Plan for Environmental Mitigation of the Metlakatla Peninsula,"
        Prepared for Metlakatla Indian Community. Seattle, Washington. Revised January 1998.
        . document 22.
        123 "Annette  Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001-2006." p. 7.
        124 MOU Intergovernmental Workgroup,  "Briefing Paper forthe MIC Council." October 2000. p. 2.
        . document 50.
        125 "Annette  Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001-2006." p. 12.
        126 Federal Aviation Administration -Alaskan Region, "Annette Island. Proposed 2002 Program. Operation Clean
        Sweep, Phase 1 and Phase 2." December 2001. p. 1.
        127 MOU Intergovernmental Workgroup,  p 2.
        128 Ibid. p. 6.
        129 Ibid. p. 12.
        130 Ibid. p. 19.
        131 Ibid. p. 14.
        132 Ibid. p. 25.
        *oo     '
          See Federal Aviation Administration -Alaskan Region, "Annette Island Cleanup Proposal, 2001-2006."
        134 Garth Beyette, Federal  Aviation Administration-Alaskan Region, Project Manager,  Electronic Communication. 9
        July 2002.


                                         Metro East Lead Collaborative
        135 Mark Hodapp, "Group Takes Aim at Youth Problems: Seeing  Potential Fulfilled is Goal," St. Louis Journal. 11
        March 2001.
        136 Metro East Lead Collaborative, "Protecting Children's Health & Reducing Lead Exposure through Collaborative
        Partnership," Environmental Justice Action Agenda Presentation. East St. Louis, IL. Slide number 6.
        137 Ibid.
        138 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Metro East Soil Sampling Work
        Update."2000.
        1  Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency Environmental Justice
        Action Agenda. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Environmental Justice. EPA/300-R-00-008.
        November 2000. p. 25. .
        140 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics and Office of Ground Water and
        Drinking Water, "Lead  Poisoning and Your Children." .
        141Jim Getz,  "Officials Tackle Lead-paint Problems "St. Clair-Monroe Post. 5 July 2001. p. 1.
        142 Belleville News-Democrat, "On Target to Fix Lead Problem," Belleville News-Democrat. 3 September 2000.
        143 Ibid.
130     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
144 Norma Parish, "Hospital Tests Children for Lead Poisoning in Metro East," St. Louis Post-Dispatch."September
2000. p. B+.
145 On Target to Fix Lead Problem, p. 1.
146 Ibid.
147 Ibid.
148 Ibid.
149
   Noemi Emeric, City of Los Angeles; Brownfields Program Manager (formerly with U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency; Region 5), Phone Interview, 21 January 2003.
150 Ibid.
151 Ibid.
152 Ibid.
153 Ibid.
154 ... .
   Ibid.
155 Ibid.
156 Ibid.
157
   Kara Penn, St. Mary's Hospital of East St. Louis, Electronic Communication, 23 January 2003.
158 Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, p. 25.
159 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim
Report. December 2000. p. 35.
"i fin
   Kara Penn, St. Mary's Hospital of East St. Louis, Electronic Communication, 23 January 2003.
                             New Madrid Tri-Community Partnership
161 "New Madrid County Tri-Community Child Health Champion Campaign Kick-Off Event," 30 January 1999, p. 10.
162 Ibid. p. 10.
163 Ibid. p. 14.
164 Ibid. p. 10.
165 Ibid. pp. 13-14.
166 Ibid. p. 10.
167 Ibid. p. 11.
168 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region 7, "Demonstration Project Criteria Information: Integrated Federal
Interagency Environmental Justice Action Agenda," p. 3.
169 Ibid.
170 "New Madrid County Tri-Community Child Health Champion Campaign Kick-Off Event," p. 9.
171 Dr. Emil Jason, "Presentation," Sixteenth Meeting of the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council,  Volume
II. 17 December 2000, p. 11-139, lines 1-9.
.
1   "New Madrid County Tri-Community Child Health Champion Campaign Kick-Off Event," p. 9.
173 Ibid., p. 11.
174 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim
Report, December 2000, p. 49.
175
   Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
176 Ibid.
177 "Action Plan: New Madrid County Tri-Community Child Health Champion Pilot Project," 2000, pp.  2, 3, 6, 9.
178 Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
179 Ibid.
180 ....
   Ibid.
181 "Demonstration Project Criteria Information." p 5.
182 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim
Report, December 2000, p. 46.
183 Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice, Integrated Federal Interagency Environmental Justice
Action Agenda, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Environmental Justice, EPA/300-R-00-008,
November 2000,  p. 29, .
184
   Mathematica  Policy Research, Inc — Mary Harrington and Embry Howell, "Evaluation of the Child Health
Champion Pilot Program: Final Report," Submitted to: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office  of Children's
Health  Protection. 30 September 2002. p. 48.
.
185 ....    „-,
   Ibid. p. 17.
1 fifi
   "Action Plan," p 5, 8, and 11.
"1 R7
   Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
Endnotes                                                                                                   131

-------
           Mathematics Policy Research, Inc , "Evaluation of the Child Health Champion Pilot Program: Final Report." p. 17.
           Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
           Mathematica Policy Research, Inc , "Evaluation of the Child Health Champion Pilot Program: Final Report." p. 48.
        191 Ibid.
        192 Ibid.
        1Q^
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim
        Report, December 2000, p. 46.
        194 "New Madrid progress report for the Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice." pp. 46, 48.
        1 Q^S
           Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
        196 "Demonstration Project Criteria Information." p. 4.
        197 "Action Plan,"p 8.
        198 "Demonstration Project Criteria Information," pp. 4-5.
        199 Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim Report, p. 47.
        200 Mathematica Policy Research, Inc - Embry Howell, Mary Harrington, Elizabeth Langer, Sara Roschwalb, and
        Rebecca Kliman, Interim Report and Evaluation Plan: Child Health Champion Pilot Program National Evaluation,"
        Submitted to: U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency; Office of Children's Health. 4 August 2000. pp. 2-3.
        .
        201 Ibid. pp. 21-22.
        202 Ibid. p. 24.
        203 Ibid. p. D-5.
        204 Ibid, see Appendix B.
        205
           Mary Harrington, formerly with Mathematica Policy Research, Inc.; Personal Communication. 29 January 2003.
        206 Interagency Environmental Justice Demonstration Projects: An Interim Report, p. 49.
           Althea Moses, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 7, Phone Interview. 23 January 2003.
        208 Ibid.

                                              ReGenesis Partnership
        2091 )Tanya Bordeaux Hamm in cooperation with the Spartanburg Area Chamber of Commerce, Spartanburg:
        International Flavor, Southern Style. Printed in Mexico. 1999. Chapter Two. 2) U.S. Census Bureau, "Population of
        Spartanburg County, South Carolina." Census 2000 Summary File 1 (SF1) 100-Percent Data. 27 November 2001.
        .
        2  Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
        South Carolina," Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4. 23 February 2001. pp. 3-2, 3-3.
        211 1) Ibid. pp. 3-2, 3-4. 2) U.S. Census Bureau, "Population of Spartanburg city, South Carolina," Census 2000
        Summary File 1 (SF 1) 100-Percent Data. 27 November  2001.
        .
        2  Community & Economic Development Department; Spartanburg County, Jennifer L. Vissage & Elena P. Rush,
        Cooperative Agreement Work Plan Arkwright Superfund  Redevelopment Initiative. 22 August 2001 (Revised 16
        November  2001). p. 2.
        91 "3
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Solid Waste and Emergency Response, EPA Brownfields Assessment
        Demonstration Pilot: Spartanburg County, SC, EPA 500-F-01-286. April 2001. .
        214 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
        South Carolina." pp. 3-4, 3-5.
        215 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Solid Waste and Emergency Response. EPA Brownfields Assessment
        Demonstration Pilot: Spartanburg County, SC.
        216 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
        South Carolina," pp. 3-4, 3-5.
        217 Ibid. p. 3-9.
        218 Ibid. p. 3-16.
        219 Ibid.
        220lbid.
        221 Ibid.
        2221) Ibid. p. 3-6. 2) Linda Conley, "Arkwright points an ailing finger at fertilizer plant," Spartanburg Herald-Journal. 2
        August 1999.
        223 Michael  Garrett, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell,  ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of Spartanburg,
        Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.
        224
        225,
224 Ibid.
          'Linda Conley, "Fighting to save his community," Spartanburg-Herald Journal. 19 October 2000.
          ' Michael Garrett, City of Spartanburg; H
        Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.
226 Michael Garrett, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell, ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of Spartanburg,
132     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------
227 Ibid.
228 Federal Interagency Working Group, "Sustaining Partnerships through Collaborative Action," Interagency Working
Group on Environmental Justice Brochure. February 2001.
229 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
South Carolina," p. 3-9.
230 "ReGenesis, Inc.: A Community-Based, Community-Driven Grass Roots Environmental Justice Organization."
Informational Piece on ReGenesis, Inc. (in Appendix 6: ReGenesis (Spartanburg, DC): Background Materials. August
24, 2000. Ford Foundation Briefing Packet).
231 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "DRAFT Community Involvement Plan," International Minerals and
Chemicals Site: Spartanburg, South Carolina. Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, 18 May
2001, p. 3-14.
909   ' ~
   "ReGenesis, Inc.: A Community-Based, Community-Driven Grass Roots Environmental Justice Organization."
   TetraTechEM Inc., "Expanded Site Inspection Report for the International Minerals and Chemicals Site: Spartanburg, South
Carolina," (approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). 16 November 2000. p. 6-8.
234 Michael Garrett, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell,  ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of Spartanburg,
Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.
235 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Fact sheet: Site Inspection (SI) Results: Former IMC Fertilizer
Site," Superfund Program. March 1999. p. 2.
236 Ralph O. Howard, Jr., Arkwright Dump Project Manager, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4,
Electronic communication. 29 January 2003.
237 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency;  Region 4, "Fact sheet: IMC Fertilizer Site Update," Superfund Program.
May 2000. p. 1.
238 Ralph O. Howard, Jr., Arkwright Dump Project Manager, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4,
Electronic communication. 13 February 2002.
239 Howard,  Electronic communication. 13 February 2002.
240 Ibid.
241 Linda Conley, "Arkwright residents take steps to revitalize their community: Visions for the future," Spartanburg
Herald Journal. 12 December 1999. (in Background Materials. August 24, 2000. Ford Foundation Briefing Packet).
242 "ReGenesis, Inc.: A Community-Based, Community-Driven Grass Roots Environmental Justice Organization."
See "IMC Fertilizer Plant De-Construction Activities."
243 Howard,  Electronic communication. 13 February 2002.
244 "Arkwright residents take steps to revitalize their community: Visions for the future."
245Diane Norman, "Lawsuit takes aim at IMC over Arkwright site," Spartanburg Herald Journal. (Middle Tyger Bureau
Editor), 11 April 2001.
   Administrative Order by Consent for Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study and Removal, International Minerals and Chemicals
Site, Spartanburg, South Carolina, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Docket No. 01-3753-C.  10 July 2001.
247 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
South Carolina," Ibid. p. 2-1.
248 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Update Fact Sheet No. 2," Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
Study: Arkwright Dump Site. 25 May 2001.  p. 3.
249 Ibid.
250U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Arkwright Dump," Fact Sheet. January 30, 2001, p. 1.
251 Black and Veatch Special Projects Corp., "Community Involvement Plan. Arkwright Dump Site: Spartanburg,
South Carolina," pp. 3-4, 3-5.
252 U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, "Health Consultation, Arkwright  Dump." 26 May 2000.
253 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, "Update Fact Sheet No. 2," Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
Study: Arkwright Dump Site. 25 May 2001.
254 Ibid.
255 Ibid.
256 Howard,  Electronic communication. 13 February 2002.
257 Linda Conley, "Fighting to save his community."
258 "Discovering Rhodia," Rhodia home page, . 5 December 2001.
259Rhodia Inc. and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "National Environmental Achievement Track. Application
Form." 3 August 2000. . 5 December 2001.
260 Michael Garrett, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell,  ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of Spartanburg,
Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.
261 Ibid.
262 Ibid.
263 Ibid.
264 Ibid.
265 "ReGenesis, Inc.: A Community-Based, Community-Driven Grass Roots Environmental Justice Organization."
266 Ibid.
Endnotes                                                                                                    133

-------
        267 Michael Garrett, City of Spartanburg; Harold Mitchell, ReGenesis; and Elena Rush, County of Spartanburg,
        Discussion Session. 19 December 2002.
        268 Ibid.
        269 Ibid.
        270libd.
        271 Ibid.
        272 Ibid.
        273 Ibid.
        274Conley, "Arkwright residents take steps to revitalize their community: Visions for the future."
        275 Ibid.
        276 Ibid.
        277 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Environmental Justice (EJ) "Contributions in the Waste
        Management Division (WD), U.S. EPA Region 4 - Southeast." Mid-April To Mid-June, FY 2001.
        278 Community & Economic Development Department; Spartanburg County, Jennifer L. Vissage & Elena P. Rush. p.
        7.
        52 Brian Holtzclaw, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; Region 4, Electronic Communication. 23 August 2002.
134     Case Studies of Six Partnerships Used to Address Environmental Justice Issues in Communities

-------